Home

R&S®SMW-B14/-K71/-K72/-K74/-K75

1. Tap Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Cluster 1 2 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 3 5 2 T 5 2 7 4 9 2 Delay ns O 5 10 360 365 370 Fine Delay 0 0 0 0 0 0 required AoA 66 46 AoD 82 81 Tap Path 7 Path 8 Path 9 Path 10 Path 11 Path 12 Cluster 3 4 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Watterson Standards A 17 A 17 1 Tap Path 7 Path 8 Path 9 Path 10 Path 11 Path 12 Loss dB 4 7 6 9 8 7 8 2 Delay ns 255 260 265 1040 Fine Delay 0 0 0 0 required AoA 143 AoD 80 Tap Path 13 Path 14 Path 15 Path 16 Path 17 Path 18 Cluster 5 6 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 12 1 14 3 16 1 15 5 17 7 19 5 Delay ns 2730 2735 2740 4600 4605 4610 Fine Delay 0 0 0 0 0 0 required AoA 91 19 AoD 102 107 Delay Spread ns 839 5 Cluster AS AoD AS AoA 2 35 Cluster PAS shape Laplacian Total AS AoD AS AoA 7 8162 6 Mobile speed km h Direction of travel 3 30 120 XPR dB 9 1 XPR cross polarization power ratio in the selected propagation channel Watterson Standards Watterson l1 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Profile Type
2. real imagi real imagi real imagi real imagi nary nary nary nary TAP 3 1 0 0 6443 0 365 0 3884 0 5604 0 0457 0 50283 0 6443 0 365 1 0 0 4548 0 2193 0 3884 0 5604 0 3884 0 5604 0 4548 0 2193 1 0 0 6443 0 365 0 0457 0 5028 0 3884 0 5604 0 6443 0 365 1 0 TAP 4 1 0 0 362 0 4331 0 1899 0 6795 0 362 0 4331 1 0 0 22555 0 3282 0 1899 0 6795 0 22555 0 32822 1 0 0 363 0 16373 0 1899 0 6795 0 362 0 4331 1 0 TAP 5 1 0 0 7074 0 3372 0 3933 0 565 0 46874 0 26706 0 7074 0 3372 1 0 0 0877 0 5323 0 3933 0 565 0 3933 0 565 0 0877 0 5323 1 0 0 7074 0 3372 0 46874 0 2671 0 3933 0 565 0 7074 0 3372 1 0 TAP 6 1 0 0 4405 0 4238 0 4383 0 58 0 43888 0 06974 0 4405 0 4238 1 0 0 0527 0 44124 0 4383 0 58 0 4383 0 58 0 0527 0 4412 1 0 0 4405 0 4238 0 43888 0 0697 0 4383 0 58 0 4405 0 4238 Table 1 32 MIMO Parameter Medium Correlation real imagi real imagi real imagi nary nary TAP 1 TAP 6 0 7264 Table 1 33 MIMO Para meter Low Correlation real imagi real imagi real imagi real imagi nary nary nary nary TAP 1 1 0 0 0 0 49998 0 08797 O 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 5 0 088 0 49998 0 088 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 08797 0 0 1 0 TAP 2 1 0 0 0 0 2548 0 4305 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 25482 0 43046 08 User Manual 1175 6826 02 245 1xEVDO Sta
3. ater 215 3GPP Birth Death iioi emt da cte e E i eder e Rok dong at CH Ed 215 Reference Moving Channel iicet eoe eta decade deed aerea ctae deca kde ed TERRE 216 HST1 Open Space HST1 Open Space DL UL eneen ereen eenn 216 HST2 Tunnel Leaky Cable irit rete enini deter 216 HST3 Tunnel Multi Antennas HST3 Tunnel Multi Antennas DL UL 216 WLAN Standards 217 WLAN HyperLban 2 Model tritici eter dr ed i 217 WLAN HyperLban 2 Model Bi etit der ez vei 218 WAN HyperLban 2 Model CG sisser rere dedo ecrire dede cedo 219 WAN Hyperban 2 Model D eicere oce po aua decease vandal iether 220 WAND Hyperban 2 Model E 6 iei eroi endo etn eia ce eu ede edid dn 221 bAEZCDEGD 222 DABIRA 4TaDS5 T 222 RENERT EE 222 DAB TU 12 Tabs e 223 DAB TU 6 Fabs aai iaaiiai 223 DAB SFN VHF Jerse esni aE dinatie 224 WIMAX Standards 224 SUl1 omniant 90 0 usrerverrndererenrnenterrverrn aii tanetrar dsl heterdaad nan 224 SUI Reuler E 225 SUI1 30 ant 9096 e intet etait endive estes didi eben ded cv rd a 225 SUIM Re EC EE 226 SU 2 omni ant 90 0 rsrserrnnerepaervenerternvdrn daer darren dee rekend lederen 226 SUI 2 omni ant ge E 226 SUI 2430 ant 9096 indeed eert
4. Static Path Rayleigh Pure Doppler Rice Gauss Doppler Gauss 0 1 fd Path Loss dB Gauss 0 08 fd WM Rice Gauss DAB 2 3 Delay ps The path group 1 has a fixed delay Basic Delay 0 s the Basic Delay of the other two path groups can be configured The relative timing among all paths is determined by the parameter Additional Delay The three path groups have the same phase and speed the Doppler shift is calculated as a function of the selected speed 4 7 2 2 Scenario 2 One path without a fading profile Pure Doppler is simulated The path has constant level and constant speed 4 7 3 Path Tables Moving Propagation The parameters available for configuration depend on the selected number of Moving Channels one or all 4 7 3 1 One Moving Channel gt To access the settings for configuring the moving and the reference path for the moving propagation with one moving channel perform on of the following a select Fading gt Standard gt 3GPP gt Ref Mov Channel b select Fading gt Configuration gt Moving Propagation and Moving Channels gt One User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 62 Moving Propagation Fading A x Path Loss Delay Variation Pk Pk Variation Period Reference Path Settings The following settings are provided State Reference Path Settings Activates reference path P1 for
5. Tap Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Cluster 1 2 1 2 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor Relative 0 5 4 10 8 3 2 16 2 6 3 Loss dB Delay ns 0 10 20 20 30 30 AoA 4 3 4 3 4 3 118 4 4 3 AS A 14 4 14 4 14 4 25 2 AoD 225 1 225 1 225 1 106 5 AS D 14 4 14 4 14 4 25 4 14 4 25 4 Speed 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 5 Path 6 Path 7 Path 8 Path 9 Cluster 1 2 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor Relative 21 7 9 4 12 5 15 6 18 7 21 8 Loss dB Delay ns 40 40 50 60 70 80 A 19 3 R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Predefined Fading Settings Tap Path 5 Path 6 Path 7 Path 8 Path 9 AoA 4 3 118 4 118 4 118 4 118 4 118 4 AS A 14 4 25 2 25 2 25 2 25 2 25 2 AoD 225 1 106 5 106 5 106 5 106 5 106 5 AS D 14 4 25 4 25 4 25 4 25 4 25 4 Speed 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Model C Tap Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Cluster Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape
6. A 9 30 ITU OIP B Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 0 0 9 4 9 8 7 8 23 9 Delay ns 0 200 800 1200 3700 LogNormal off off off off off Corr with off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed km h A 9 31 ITU V A 60 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 0 1 9 10 15 20 Delay ns 0 310 710 1090 LogNormal off off off off Corr with off off off off A 9 32 A 10 1 LTE Standards Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed 60 60 60 60 60 60 km h ITU V A 120 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 0 1 9 10 15 20 Delay ns 0 310 710 1090 1730 10000 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed 120 120 120 120 120 120 km h A 10 LTE Standards CQI 5Hz CQI Tests according to 3GPP 36 521 1 Version 9 1 0 B2 4 Path 1 Path 2 Profile Type Const Phase Pure Doppler Loss dB
7. essent 142 TSOUlbce bwzlEGlMulator DIR TbdeaibDATHzchz LO 140 SOURce hw FSIMulator BIRThdeath PATH ch PROFile eese 140 SOURce hw FSIMulator BIRThdeath POSitions SOURceshw FSIMulator BIRTRhdeath SOFPFSset 1 1 retreat th nn dno SOURceshw FSIMulator BIRThdeath SPE6ed s noit rette tetti er tpe Per a chri beoe SOURce hw FSIMulator BIRThdeath STATe sse nennen nennen nenne nene TA SOURceshw FSIMulator CEOGCIK RATE recte reet k t n aaiae ene rx dede 121 SOURceshwe FSIM ulator GONFIQUEAtIOD rci n petit cr ek oh edes Bre chasis eaten 119 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator COP Y DES Tinatioh iuit nnn tnnt 120 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator COPY EXEQG Ut arn t Ert terne ett re terr EE dane 120 SOURceshwe FSIMulator GOP Y SOURCE vii csi oa veni c o ether dotes tee rc EE v cuni or ke drug 120 SOURce hw FSIMulator COUPle LOGNormal CSTD essent 137 SOURce hw FSIMulator COUPle LOGNormal LCONStant essen 137 SOUlsceshwe FSIMulator GCOUPle DEE 138 SOURceshw ESIMuUlator GSPBBd 2i teer certe eb arit terae crecer eher vances AEE SEEE 138 SOURce hw FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH ch ADELay esee 144 SOURce hw FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH ch BDELay eee 144 SOURce hw FSIMulator DEL
8. sss we 46 2 Channel Interferer Birth Death 54 Moving Patient robert nr fe eerte epi 64 Reference Path ssssssssseeeeeenrene 63 Period Dwell 2 Channel Interferer nnn eneneenen en ennnneneenenn Phase of correlation coefficient Phase lmaginary Correlation Value laten idee e Eed rie eee nre tentat Positions Birth RRE 55 Power Ratio Ric amp Fadi i terere reiten 46 TT TE ER Profile 2 Channel Interferer seines 69 Birth Death E HST ameet cant cen D Ev ot aa Ie deser een Profile Birth Death 2 iecit tet een toa cerea 140 Profile Pall EE 44 R Ray Angle of arrival AOA ucc tette 97 Angle of departure AOD sss 97 AoA spread 97 AoD spread 97 Gai P H 97 jc 97 Real Ratio Correlation Value s 111 167 Recall Fading settings Recall Fading Settings ss Release notes ve osos Like ka aea Esa dead be a ES Restart EVERE iiic cas een e Nell benee ca cea o qoe Aa edic santi 34 Execute esulting delay ceci tior en et ens net oec ote at da cO oes 46 Resulting Doppler Shift iiie renta 48 Resulting Doppler Shift 147 2 Channel Interferer cacao risa oct mene 70 Birth Death P M 57 l nster n iita ci mte Toner Ee Rd PE OR ERN 77 Diei me 81 S Save Fading Settings eee ch orn i re
9. A 4 8 PCN TU1 5 12 Path Same as GSM Tux Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 4 3 0 2 6 3 5 Delay ns 0 100 300 500 800 1100 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 km h Path 7 Path 8 Path 9 Path 10 Path 11 Path 12 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 7 5 6 5 8 6 11 10 Delay ns 1300 1700 2300 3100 3200 5000 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 ennen A 4 9 A 4 10 Predefined Fading Settings Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 km h PCN TU50 12 Path Same as GSM Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 4 3 0 2 6 3 5 Delay ns 0 100 300 500 800 1100 LogNormal off Corr with off Power Ratio dB 0 Freq Ratio 0 Speed km h 50 50 50 Path7 Path8 Path 9 Path 10 Path 11 Path 12 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Lo
10. User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 198 PCN Standards Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Freq Ratio 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 130 130 130 130 130 130 A 4 5 PCN ET50 EQ50 6 Path Same as GSM Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 0 0 0 0 0 Delay ns 0 3200 6400 9600 12800 16000 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed 50 50 50 50 50 50 km h A 4 6 PCN ET60 EQ60 6 Path Same as GSM Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 0 0 0 0 0 Delay ns 0 3200 6400 9600 12800 16000 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed 60 60 60 60 60 60 km h PCN Standards A 4 7 PCN ET100 EQ100 6 Path Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 0 0 0 0 Delay ns 0 3200 6400 9600 LogNormal off off off off Corr with off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed 100 100 100 100 100 100 km h
11. Parameters lt Route gt General Settings FAA FAMAXAB FAAFBA FAAFBB FABFBB FBMAXAB FAABFBAB FA1A2BFB1A2B FA1A2BFB1A2BM22 FA1A2BFB1A2BM24 FA1A2BFB1A2BM22 FA1A2BFB1A2BM23 FATA2BFB1A2BM32 FA1A2BFB1A2BM12 FA1A2BFB1A2BM33 FA1A2BFB1A2BM34 FA1A2BFB1A2BM43 FA1A2BFB1A2BM44 FA1A2BFB1A2BM18 FA1A2BFB1A2BM81 FATA2BFB1A2BM28 FA1A2BFB1A2BM82 FA1A2BFB1A2BM21 FA1A2BFB1A2BM212 FA1A2BFB1A2BM221 FA1A2BFB1A2BM222 FA1A2BFB1A2BM13 FA1A2BFB1A2BM31 FA1A2BFB1A2BM14 FA1A2BFB1A2BM41 FAMAXA FA1A2BFB1A2BM224 FA1A2BFB1A2BM242 FATA2BFB1A2BM312 FA1A2BFB1A2BM321 FATA2BFB1A2BM322 FA1A2BFB1A2BM412 FA1A2BFB1A2BM421 FA1A2BFB1A2BM422 FAAFBB311 FAAFBB411 FAAFBB511 FAAFBB611 FAAFBB711 FAAFBB811 FA1A2BFB1A2BM213 FA1A2BFB1A2BM214 FA1A2BFB1A2BM223 FA1A2BFB1A2BM231 FA1A2BFB1A2BM232 FA1A2BFB1A2BM241 FAA The faded modulation signal of fader A is placed on baseband path A FAAFBB The faded modulation signal of fader A is placed on baseband path A and the faded modulation signal of fader B is placed on baseband path B FAAFBA The faded modulation signal of fader A and B is placed on base band path A FABFBB The faded modulation signal of fader A and B is placed on base band path B FAABFBAB The faded modulation signal of fader A and B is placed on base band paths A and B FAMAXA The faded modulation signal of fader A is placed on baseband path A FBM
12. esee SOURce hw FSIMulator MMO ANTenna TX ROWS SIZE sese SOURce hw FSIMulator MMO ANTenna xdi TX PFlILe essent nennen SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO CAPability 5 2 6n etn ett tnn tren teh 163 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO COPY ALL crearon ennt err rti three ai d SOURceshws FSIMulator MIMO COPY NEXT esscccoi ne ment tg bea et nutre pees pi pepe eve o aa SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO COPY PREVious esee nennen neennnere tren e nnne TSOUlbce bwzlEGlMulatorMIMO MDL oa SOURceshws FSIMulator MIMO MDS TOF nro rnt en oer eee ennt e SEENEN senses SOURce hw FSIMulator MMO SCWI CLUSter ch ARRival ANGLe essen SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter ch ARRival SPRead sss SOURce hw FSIMulator MMO SCWI CLUSter ch DEParture ANGLe seen SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter ch DEParture SPRead sess SOURce hw FSIMulator MMO SCWI CLUSter ch DISTribution esses SOURce hw FSIMulator MMO SCWI CLUSter ch GAIN esee nenne TSOUlbce bwzlEGlMulatorMilMO GCHICLUGter zchzTAb cetGTATe SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter lt ch gt TAP lt st gt SUBCluster lt di gt GAIN SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter lt ch gt TAP lt st gt SUBCluster lt di gt STATe
13. 148 SOURce hw FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupzsst PATH ch FRATioO suus 148 SOURce hw FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupzsst PATH ch FSHift suus 148 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH ch FSPRead 149 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupzsst PATH ch LOGNormal CSTD 149 Delay Modes SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt LOGNormal LCONstant 149 SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH ch LOGNormal STATe 150 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROupsst PATH ch LOSS 150 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH ch LOSS suus 150 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH ch PRATioO ssss 150 SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROupsst PATH ch PROFile 151 SOURce hw FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupzsst PATH ch PROFile 151 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROupsst PATH ch RDELay 152 SOURce hw FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH ch RDELay 152 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROupsst PATH ch SPEed 152 LSOUbRcechuwzslFGlMuator DEL avDEL GbOup etz PDATHschz Gbted 152 SOURce lt hw gt
14. A 13 5 A 13 6 1xEVDO Standards Path 1 LogNormal off Corr with off Power Ratio dB 0 Freq Ratio 0 Speed km h 6 1xEVDO Chan 3 Path 1 Profile Type Rayleigh Loss dB 0 Delay ns 0 LogNormal off Corr with off Power Ratio dB 0 Freq Ratio 0 Speed km h 30 1xEVDO Chan 3 Bd 5 11 Path 1 Profile Type Rayleigh Loss dB 0 Delay ns 0 LogNormal off Corr with off Power Ratio dB 0 Freq Ratio 0 Speed km h 58 A 13 7 A 13 8 A 13 9 1xEVDO Chan 4 1xEVDO Standards Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 0 3 Delay ns 0 2000 14500 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 Speed km h 100 100 100 1xEVDO Chan 4 Bd 5 11 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 0 3 Delay ns 0 2000 14500 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 Speed km h 192 192 192 1xEVDO Chan 5 Path 1 Path 2 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 0 Delay ns 0 2000 LogNormal off off Corr with off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 3GPP LTE High Speed Train Freq Ratio 0 0 Speed km h 0 0
15. SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch MATRix MODE on page 167 Polarization Antenna Modeling Accesses the corresponding tab in the Antenna Model dialog see chapter 6 3 4 SCME WINNER Models and Antenna Modeling Settings on page 98 Data Format Selects the matrix representation format The data format can be changed at every time The matrix table is updated immediately Magnitude Phase Displays the matrix values as value pairs of magnitude and phase Real Imag Displays the matrix values as complex numbers Remote command Ms 6 3 2 Kronecker Mode Correlation Coefficients gt To access the settings of the correlation matrix in Kronecker mode enable a MIMO configuration select the Fading gt Path Table gt Matrix and select Fading Corre lation Matrix gt Matrix Mode gt Kronecker Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration Fading 1 Correlation Matrix Fig 6 7 Correlation matrix in Kronecker mode Calculating of the matrix values based on the Kronecker assumption In Kronecker mode it is sufficient that you specify one Tx and one Rx correlation per MIMO channel The instrument automatically computes the full correlation matrix according to the formula UI 1 D R R RY where RY HI PIX and R un PRX Pjx o Pix 1 where p and pl are the R and T correlations The evaluation of the Kronecker product leads to 1 R R RR LEM RE R d RR R AA d d Which and how many
16. Loss dB Gauss Watter son 4 1 Gauss Watter son 4 3 Gauss Watter son 1 2 Gauss Watter son 7 2 Gauss Watterson 13 5 Watterson Standards Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Delay ns 40000 40000 40000 290000 1139000 LogNormal off off off off off Corr with off off off off off Freq Spread 0 0073 0 0318 0 0272 0 144 0 34 Freq Shift 0 0022 0 017 0 0094 0 0089 0 167 Hz Speed km h Tap 2 S d 0 1 0 02 A 17 2 Watterson 12 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Gauss Wat Gauss Wat Gauss Wat Gauss Wat Gauss Watter Gauss Watter Type terson terson terson terson son son Loss dB 4 1 5 5 1 7 5 9 17 6 12 6 Delay ns 40000 40000 40000 290000 590000 1126000 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Freq 0 0064 0 0084 0 0153 0 18 0 334 0 336 Spread Freq Shift 0 0008 0 0127 0 0071 0 0159 0 108 0 118 Hz Speed km h Tap 3 S d 0 1 0 02 A 17 3 Watterson I3 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Profile Type Gauss Watter Gauss Watter Gauss Watter Gauss Watter Gauss Watterson son son son son Loss dB 3 8 5 7 1 6 10 8 10 6 Delay ns 445000 445000 445000 750000 750000 LogNormal off off off off off Corr with off off off off off A 18 A 19 802 11n SISO
17. One In this mode the fading simulator simulates dynamic propagation con ditions in conformity with the test case 3GPP TS25 104 annex B3 AI Per default one moving channel with Rayleigh distribution and one tap is simulated Additional taps and paths can be enabled and configured in the Path Table Remote command SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay CHANnel MODE on page 158 Fading Clock Rate Displays the clock rate used by the fading simulator for the signal processing The value depends on the selected System Configuration and influences the band width of the generated signal Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator CLOCk RATE on page 121 Signal Dedicated To Defines the frequency to that the signal of the whole Fader block is dedicated General Settings Example How the R amp S SMW determines the frequency used for the calculation of the Doppler Shift This example shows how the R amp S SMW determines the fader frequency in Signal Dedicated To gt Auto Detect Output mode Inthe System Configuration gt Fading Baseband Config dialog enable a 2x2x2 MIMO configuration with Baseband Sources gt Coupled per Entity e Inthe I Q Stream Mapper route Stream A B gt RF A B Stream A D und gt BBMM 2 and Stream B C gt BBMM 1 Combination gt Add enable a Frequency Offset 5 MHz for Stream D Connect an R amp S SGT100A to the BBMM2 connector of the R amp S SMW
18. SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator STANdard REFerence on page 135 Configuration Selects the fading configuration Note The dynamic fading configurations Birth Death Propagation and 2 Channel Interferer are disabled in MIMO configurations Depending on which configuration is selected the further settings the Fading dialog change particularly the path table Note A separate path table is associated with each configuration i e each time you select a new configuration the instrument changes not only the bandwidth but loads a completely new path table Each changing in the configuration interrupts the fading process and restarts the calcu lation If the instrument is fitted with more than one fading simulators they are all affec ted General Settings Standard Fine Delay In the Standard Fine Delay configuration each group consists of five paths 3 fine delay and 2 standard delay paths This means that 20 paths can be simulated for a fading channel The standard and fine delay configurations differ in terms of the reso lution of the path specific delay e The resolution of the additional delay of a standard pat is 5 ns The resolution of the additional delay of a fine delay pat is 2 5 ps The Standard Fine Delay configuration is sufficient for classical fad ing with simulation of the level fluctuations A delay configuration with the provided characteristics occur in the received signal as a result of a typical
19. Source integer Range 1 to 8 RST 1 General Settings Example FSIM DEL STAT ON FSIM COPY DEST 4 FSIM COPY SOUR 1 FSIM COPY EXEC copies the settings from group 1 to group 4 Manual operation See Copy Path Group on page 43 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator FREQuency Frequency e If SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator SDEStinationRF is selected queries the estimated RF frequency e If SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator SDEStinationBB is selected sets the fre quency used for the calculation of the Doppler shift Parameters lt Frequency gt float Range 1E5 to 100E9 Increment 0 01 RST 1E9 Default unit Hz Example SOURcel FSIMulator SDEStination RF SOURce1 FSIMulator FREQuency SOURcel FSIMulator SDEStination BB SOURcel FSIMulator FREQuency 2143200000 Manual operation See Dedicated Frequency on page 32 See Virtual RF on page 32 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator CLOCk RATE Queries the clock rate the fading simulator is using for the signal processing Return values lt ClockRate gt CR200 CR100 CRO50 CRO25 CR200 200 MHz CR100 100 MHz CR050 50 MHz CR025 25 MHz RST CR200 Usage Query only Manual operation See Fading Clock Rate on page 29 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator GLOBal SEED Seed This command enters the fading start seed This value is global for the instru
20. chapter 7 Summation Ratio A B on page 116 2 2 Scope Tasks in manual or remote operation that are also performed in the base unit in the same way are not described here In particular this includes e Managing settings and data lists i e storing and loading settings creating and accessing data lists accessing files in a particular directory etc e Information on regular trigger marker and clock signals as well as filter settings if appropriate General instrument configuration such as checking the system configuration con figuring networks and remote operation Using the common status registers For a description of such tasks see the R amp S SMW user manual Required Options 3 About the Fading Simulator Equipped with the required options the R amp S SMW allows you to superimpose real time fading on the baseband signal at the output of the baseband block When fitted with all of the possible options available are up to 20 fading paths in SISO mode as well as per MIMO channel in 4x4 MIMO mode 3 1 Required Options The equipment layout for simulating fading effects in non MIMO configurations option Baseband Generator R amp S SMW B10 per signal path option Baseband main module one two I Q paths to RF R amp S SMW B13 B13T option Fading Simulator R amp S SMW B14 per signal path sufficient for simulation of fading paths with standard delay and paths with enhanced resolution e addition
21. lt RfChanges gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 Example FSIM IGN RFCH ON Ignores frequency changes lt 5 for the fading Manual operation See Ignore RF Changes lt 5PCT on page 32 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator ILOSs CSAMples This command queries the share of samples which were clipped due to the insertion loss setting Return values lt CSamples gt string Example FSIM ILOS CSAM queries the share of samples which were clipped Response 11 1196 of the samples were clipped Usage Query only Manual operation See Clipped Samples on page 39 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator ILOSs MODE Mode This command sets the insertion loss of the fading simulator Parameters Mode NORMal LACP USER NORMal The minimum insertion loss for a path of the fading simulator is set to a fixed value of 18 dB RST NORMal Example FSIM ILOS MODE USER chooses the user defined setting for the insertion loss FSIM ILOS 4 dB sets the minimum insertion loss to 4 dB Manual operation See Insertion Loss Mode on page 38 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator ILOSs LOSS Loss This command sets the user defined insertion loss of the fading simulator when User is selected In the Normal and Low ACP modes the current setting of the value can be queried General Settings Parameters lt Loss gt float Range 3 to 30 Increment 0 1 RST 0 Default unit dB Example FSIM ILOS MODE USER cho
22. FSIMulator HSTRain PROFile lt Profile gt Determines the fading profile for the selected scenario The fading profile determines which transmission path is simulated Parameters lt Profile gt SPATh PDOPpler RAYLeigh RST PDOPpler Example see example Enabling and configuring a high speed train prop agation on page 153 Manual operation See Profile on page 76 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator HSTRain KFACtor lt KFactor gt Sets the Rician factor K for high speed train scenario 2 Parameters lt KFactor gt float Range 30 to 30 Increment 0 01 RST 10 Example SOURcel FSIMulator PRESet SOURcel FSIMulator STANdard G3HST2TLC SOURcel FSIMulator HSTRain KFACtor 10 Manual operation See K Rician factor on page 77 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator HSTRain DOWNlink FREQuency STATe lt HstDIFregState gt Enables the definition of virtual downlink frequency Parameters lt HstDIFreqState gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 Example see example Configuring a high speed train scenario for BS tests on page 154 Manual operation See Consider DL RF on page 77 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator HSTRain DOWNlink FREQuency lt HstDIFreq gt Sets the virtual downlink frequency necessary to calculate the UL Doppler shift 8 5 Moving Propagation Parameters lt HstDIFreq gt float Range 100E3 to 6E9 Increment 0 01 RST 1E9 Example see example Configuring a high speed train scenario for BS tests o
23. SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI TAP lt st gt DOT nnee eenn seeneeeeneneneneeneeeneenserenneennveenveenn SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO SCWI TAP st SPEed sse nennen SoURBceshws FSlIMulator MIMO EE SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor path GAIN essen SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor path PHASe seen SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor AA GAIN SOURce hw FSIMulator MMO TAP ch GVECtor AA PHASe sese SOURce hw FSIMulator MMO TAP ch GVECtor AB GAIN eene SOURce hw FSIMulator MMO TAP ch GVECtor AB PHASe esee SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor AC GAIN sese SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor AC PHASe essere rennes SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor AD GAIN essen nennen SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor AD PHASe esee SOURce hw FSIMulator MMO TAP ch GVECtor AE GAIN eese ESOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAPs lt ch gt GVECtor AE PHASe nnen nennen eeenneneneeenneenn SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor AF GAIN essen nennen SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor AF PHASe vi SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor AG GAIN sese SOUR
24. See chapter 6 3 3 TGn TGac Channel Models Settings on page 96 e In Matrix Mode gt SCME WINNER Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration Fading A Correlation Matrix E Polarization Antenna Modelling Data Format SCME WINNER MS Speed 29399 iq MS DoT See chapter 6 3 4 SCME WINNER Models and Antenna Modeling Settings on page 98 e For static paths and paths with Pure Doppler fading profile the corresponding settings are grouped in the Relative Tap Gain Vector dialog Fading A Relative Tap Gain Vector Pure Doppler Copy o SE To Prev Fig 6 6 Relative tap gain vector This dialog provides additional parameters to simulate a gain weighting and phase shift between the signals with constant fading transmitted among the dif ferent Tx antennas See chapter 6 3 6 Relative Gain Vector Matrix Settings on page 111 6 3 1 Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration Current Path Tap Settings Prev Displays the previous tap relative to the current tap If tap 1 is the current tap this but ton is disabled Remote command Mes Copy To Prev Copies the matrix values of the current tap to the next lower tap If tap 1 is the current tap this button is disabled Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO COPY PREVious on page 164 Current Path Tap Selects the tap to be displayed Remote command SOURce
25. See example How the R amp S SMW determines the frequency used for the calculation of the Doppler Shift on page 30 Remote command S0URce hw FSIMulator FREQuency DETect on page 128 Virtual RF In Signal Dedicated To Baseband Output mode sets manually the frequency used for the calculation of the Doppler shift This parameter is useful if e a user defined Fader frequency is required e an external I Q modulator is used to upconvert the generated faded baseband sig nal Remote command SO0URce hw FSIMulator FREQuency on page 121 Ignore RF Changes 5PCT instruments with RF output only Selects whether variation in the RF frequency also in the frequency of connected external devices that are smaller than 5 are to be ignored or not for the fading On Enables faster frequency hopping because small frequency changes which can occur e g in GSM hopping do not result in a short term switch off of the fader and a restart of the fading process Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator IGNore RFCHanges on page 122 General Settings Freq Hopping Mode Activates frequency hopping and determines the behavior of the fading simulator after a frequency hop In real world receivers one of the reasons for frequency hopping could be that due to a change in the location of the receiver the original carrier is no longer accessible In the fading simulator frequency hopping is implemented by s
26. e Scenario 1 ETU200 ETU200Hz Moving is the scenario for testing in normal conditions This scenario considers ETU channel model and UE speed of 120km h e Scenario 2 AWGN Pure Doppler Moving is the extreme conditions optional sce nario The scenario corresponds to AWGN channel model and UE speed of 350km h The fading simulator generates the signals for these scenarios in according to the parameters defined in the 3GPP specification see table table 4 4 However the fad ing simulator also allows the re configuration of some of the predefined values Table 4 4 Default parameter values Parameter Scenario 1 Scenario 2 Channel Model ETU200Hz Moving Pure Doppler UE speed 120 km h 350 km h CP length Normal Normal Variation Peak Peak 10 us 10 us Aw 0 04 1 s 0 13 1 s Variation Period 2rr Au 157 1 s 48 3 s 4 7 2 1 Scenario 1 Here the behavior of a moving receiver is tested i e the simulated scenario repre sents a moving receiver that changes its distance to the base station The Fading Sim R amp S9SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Fading Settings ulator generates the signal as a sequence of complete cycles of approach towards to the BS antenna and moving away from it Per default three Rayleigh path groups with three paths each are simulated All paths move General Restart Insertion Loss Config O Moving Propagation Auto Coupled Parameters
27. 0 0 Delay ns 0 450 LogNormal off off Corr with off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 LTE Standards Path 1 Path 2 Freq Ratio 0 0 Speed Hz 0 5 Hz A 10 2 EPA Extended Pedestrian A Table 1 22 3GPP TR36 803 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 1 2 3 8 Delay ns 0 30 70 90 110 LogNormal off off off off off Corr with off off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 dB Frequency 5 5 5 5 5 Hz Path 6 Path 7 Path 8 Path 9 Path 10 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 17 2 20 8 Delay ns 190 410 LogNormal off off Corr with off off Power Ratio 0 0 dB Frequency 5 5 Hz A 10 3 EVA Extended Vehicular A Table 1 23 3GPP TR36 803 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 1 5 1 4 3 6 0 6 Delay ns 0 30 150 310 370 LogNormal off off off off off Corr with off off off off off LTE Standards Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 dB Frequency Hz Path 6 Path 7 Path 8 Path 9 Path 10 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 9 1 7 12 16 9 Delay ns 710 1090 1730 2510 LogNormal off off off off Corr
28. 2003 09 annex B2 2 ITU vehicular A HSDPA Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 0 1 9 10 15 20 Delay ns O 310 710 1090 LogNormal off off off off Corr with off off off off off off TETE User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 210 3GPP Standards A 6 13 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed 3 30 1201 3 30 120 3 30 120 3 30 120 3 30 120 3 30 120 km h 1 Speed of the respective standard VAx VA3 3 km h VA30 30 km h and VA120 120 km h 3GPP MBSFN Propagation Channel Profile 18 Path Table 1 11 3GPP 3GPP TS 36 521 1 respectivelly TS36 101 V9 8 0 Table 1 12 3GPP 3GPP TS 36 521 1 respectivelly TS36 10 1 V9 8 0 Cont Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 0 1 5 1 4 3 6 0 6 7 0 Delay ns 0 30 150 310 370 1090 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 dB Frequency 3 3 3 3 3 3 Hz Path 7 Path 8 Path 9 Path 10 Path 11 Path 12 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 10 0 11 5 11 4 13 6 10 6 1
29. FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor EB PHASe Gain SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor EC PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor ED PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor EE PHASe Gain SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor EF PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor EG PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor EH PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor FA PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor FB PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor FC PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor FD PHASe Gain SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor FE PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor FF PHASe Gain SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor FG PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor FH PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor GA PHASe Gain SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor GB PHASe Gain SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor GC PHASe Gain SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor GD PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor GE PHASe Gain E User Manual 1175 6826
30. GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt LOGNormal LCONstant on page 149 Standard Deviation Enters the standard deviation in dB for lognormal fading Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt LOGNormal CSTD on page 149 Path Graph To access the graphical representation of the configured path gt select Fading gt Path Graph The path graph provides a quick overview of the paths as they are configured in the delay modes O General l Restart l Standard Fine Delay Auto Insertion Loss Config Coupled Parameters D Pain Graph onst Phase Custom Cc Gauss1 MN Gauss DAB Gauss Doppler w E Path Loss dB Gauss 0 1 fd Gauss 0 08 fd Pure Doppler Rayleigh E e e Rice Static Path Delay ps The signal delay is plotted on the x axis The minimum value is 0 s The maximum value is equal to the maximum delay determined by the sum of max Basic Delay and max Additional Delay The relative path power is plotted on the y axis with 0 dB corre sponding to the maximum power on the path path loss 0 dB Each path is represented by a bar The color of the bar indicates the fading profile of the path The color coding for the individual profiles is shown right next to the graphics The Path Loss can be read off from the height of the bar The minimum value is 0 dB and
31. In this mode the instrument calculates the required insertion loss value in a way that a full drive is permitted i e the signal is not clipped at the maximum level The mode results in a very high signal quality but the RMS level is lower than the maximum possible level Adjacent channel power ACP measurements however require a higher dynamic range and a lower insertion loss e Low ACP In this mode the instrument outputs the signal with a higher level relative to the maximum drive i e greater S N ratio However this mode decreases the signal quality because of a higher percentage of clipping It is recommended that you enable this mode only for fading paths with Rayleigh profile as only this profile ensures a statistical distribution of level fluctuation The other fading profiles are characterized by a non statistical level fluctuations and a Low ACP mode leads to an enormous increase of clipping Irrespectively of the selected fading profile you still can and have to monitor the percentage of clipped samples e User This mode relays on a manually defined value Depending on you particular appli cation you can find a favorable insertion loss configuration with the desired signal dynamic range and acceptable clipping rate Regardless of the selected mode and the path loss settings the instrument adjust the insertion loss within this range to keep the output power constant However the maxi mum available output power of the
32. Loss dB 0 0 10 2 16 TETRA Standards Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Delay ns 0 11600 73200 99300 LogNormal off off off off Corr with off off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 200 200 200 200 A 5 7 TETRA DU 50 1Path ETSI EN 300 396 2 V1 2 1 Path 1 Profile Type Rice Loss dB 0 Delay ns 0 LogNormal off Corr with off Power Ratio dB 0 Freq Ratio 0 7 Speed km h 50 A 5 8 TETRA DR 50 1Path ETSI EN 300 396 2 V1 2 1 Path 1 Profile Type Rayleigh Loss dB 0 Delay ns 0 LogNormal off Corr with off Power Ratio dB 0 Freq Ratio 0 Speed km h A 6 QD A 6 1 A 6 2 3GPP Standards 3GPP Standards VAx are typical fading profiles with x representing the speed such as VA3 represents 3 km h These standards define a certain combination of channels with a specific doppler fre quency Basically the maximum possible doppler frequency of a path is determined by the RF output frequency and the speed of the moving mobile receiver However if you change the RF frequency in a VAx standard the doppler frequency remains the same thus resulting in individual speed settings Refer also to chapter A 6 12 3GPP Mobile VA3 3GPP Mobile VA30 3GPP Mobile VA120 on page 210 for VAx fading profiles 3GPP Case 1 UE BS Table 1 7 3GPP TS 25 101 V6 2 0
33. Profile on page 54 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath POSitions Positions Sets the number of possible hop positions in the delay range Ous lt BIRT POS 1 X DEL GRID DEL MIN lt 40 us Parameters lt Positions gt integer Range 3 to 50 RST 11 Example FSIM BIRT POS 11 sets 11 possible delay positions Manual operation See Positions on page 55 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath SOFFset lt Soffset gt Sets the time until the start of the next birth death event With dual channel fading this allows the user to intentionally displace the birth death events of the two faders with respect to one another Parameters lt Soffset gt float Range 0 to 429 Increment 100E 9 RST 0 Example FSIM BIRT SOFF 21E 6 sets a start offset of 21 us Manual operation See Start Offset on page 55 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath SPEed lt Speed gt Sets the speed of the moving receiver for birth death propagation The default speed unit is m s Units different than the default one must be specified Parameters lt Speed gt Example Manual operation Birth Death float Range 0 to dynamic Increment 0 001 RST 0 Default unit m s SOURcel FSIMulator BIRThdeath SPEed 100 KMH SOURcel FSIMulator BIRThdeath PATHl1 FDOPpler 92 6574343641427 SOURcel FSIMulator BIRThdeath FRATio 1 SOURcel FSIMulator BIRThdeath PATH1 FDOPpler ACTual 92 66 SOURcel
34. Ratio i e the ratio of the actual Doppler frequency to the resulting Doppler fre quency Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath PATH lt ch gt FDOPpler ACTual on page 143 Moving Propagation In the 3GPP LTE Moving Propagation configuration the fading simulator simulates dynamic propagation conditions in conformity with the test case 3GPP TS25 104 annex B3 or 3GPP TS36 141 annex B 4 The fading simulator enables configuration according to three predefined moving sce narios The first one represents moving conditions with one reference and one moving channel whereas in the other two all paths are moving The predefined scenarios are as follow e Ref Mov Channel Simulation of moving propagation conditions in accord ance to the 3GPP TS25 104 annex B3 see chapter 4 7 1 Moving Propagation Conditions for Testing of Baseband Per formance on page 58 Moving Propagation e ETU200Hz Moving Simulation of moving propagation conditions in accordance to the scenario 1 described in 3GPP TS36 141 annex B 4 see chapter 4 7 2 Moving Propagation Conditions for Testing the UL Timing Adjustment Performance on page 60 Pure Doppler Moving Simulation of moving propagation conditions in accord ance to the scenario 2 described in 3GPP TS36 141 annex B 4 see chapter 4 7 2 Moving Propagation Conditions for Testing the UL Timing Adjustment Performance on page 60 It is also possible
35. SOURcel FSIMulator HSTRain STATe ON SOURcel FSIMulator HSTRain FDOPpler 1136 89307687654 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator HSTRain DISTance MINIMUM nanne vereen nennen 154 SOURce hw FSIMulator HSTRain DISTance STARt eene 154 LSOURce lt hw gt l FSlMulator HST Raim Gbted enne 155 SOURce hw FSIMulator HSTRain FDOPpDpler sse eren 155 SOURce hw FSIMulator HSTRain PATH STATe esee nene 155 SOURce shw FSIMulator HSTRain PROFile 1 cuoco tuned eaae ceti ae in sa as 156 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator HSTRain KFACtOl nonnen ene nenenennenenenennenentenenenenenenenennn 156 SOURce hw FSIMulator HSTRain DOWNIink FREQuency STATe esses 156 SOURce hw FSIMulator HSTRain DOWNIink EREOuency esses 156 ESOURce hw TFSIMulator HSTRaltizS EAT eruta ot or ian rete neuen aea enekele 157 SOURce hw FSIMulator HSTRain DISTance MINimum Minimum Sets the parameter Din i e the distance between the BS and the railway track Parameters Minimum float Range 1 to 100 Increment 0 1 RST 2 Example see example Enabling and configuring a high speed train prop agation on page 153 Manual operation See D min on page 76 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator HSTRain DISTance STARt Start Sets the parameter Ds i e the initial dista
36. Type WMRice WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 11 22 Delay ns 0 400 900 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 12 78754 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 4 0 3 0 5 Speed km h 0 05 0 04 0 06 K 19 A 9 13 SUI 4 omni ant 90 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMDopp WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 4 8 Delay ns 0 1500 4000 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 2 0 15 0 25 Speed km h 0 03 0 02 0 03 K 0 no Rice component WIMAX Standards A 9 14 SUI 4 omni ant 75 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMRice WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 4 8 Delay ns 0 1500 4000 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 2 0 15 0 25 Speed km h 0 03 0 02 0 03 K 1 A 9 15 SUI 4 30 ant 90 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMRice WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 10 20 Delay ns 0 400 1100 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 2 0 15 0 25 Speed km h 0 03 0 02 0 03 K 1 A 9 16 SUI 4 30 ant 75 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMRice WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 10 20 Delay ns 0 400 1100 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off WIMAX Standards Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Power Ratio dB 6 9
37. e For Fading Profile gt Pure Gauss Doppler or Rice the Actual Doppler Shift depends also on the selected Frequency Ratio See Cross reference between the fading parameters on page 41 To set the Doppler shift enable Table Settings gt Keep Constant gt Resulting Doppler Shift In this case the Speed is calculated as a function of the selected Resulting Doppler Shift and the RF frequency frr Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt FDOPpler RESulting on page 147 Frequency Ratio Fading Profile gt Pure Gauss Doppler or Rice Sets the ratio of the actual Doppler Shift fa to the Resulting Doppler Shift fp The actual Doppler shift is a function of the simulated angle of incidence of the discrete component see figure 4 4 and is calculated as fa fp cosqt where cosqt is the Frequency Ratio and fp v c frr is the Resulting Doppler Shift Negative values indicate a receiver that is going away from the transmitter and posi tive values a receiver that is approaching the transmitter sue Jefe ee EER Fig 4 4 Doppler shift as a function of the angle of incidence See also Cross reference between the fading parameters on page 41 Path Table With correlated paths the speed setting of the Frequency Ratio must agree When cor relation is activated the settings of the path for which correlation is switched on are accepted for bo
38. ns 400 400 400 400 490 490 490 490 AoA 315 1 180 4 74 7 251 5 315 1 180 4 74 7 251 5 AS A 48 55 42 28 6 48 55 42 28 6 AoD 56 2 183 7 153 112 5 56 2 183 7 153 112 5 AS D 41 6 55 2 47 4 27 2 41 6 55 2 47 4 27 2 Speed 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 km h Distribu Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace tion Tap Path 15 Cluster 1 2 3 4 5 Profil Typ Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor Relative Loss dB 19 9 15 7 18 5 18 7 12 9 Delay ns 600 600 600 600 600 AoA 315 1 180 4 74 7 251 5 68 5 AS A 48 55 42 28 6 30 7 AoD 56 2 183 7 153 112 5 291 AS D 41 6 55 2 47 4 27 2 33 Speed km h 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 16 Path 17 Path 18 Cluster 2 5 6 6 Profil Typ Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape tgn Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Relative Loss dB 19 9 14 2 16 3 21 2 Delay ns 730 730 880 1050 AoA 180 4 68 5 246 2 246 2 User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 268 A 20 A 20 1 802 11ac MIMO Standards Tap Path 16 Path 17 Path 18 AS A 55 30 7 38 2 38 2 AoD 183 7 291 62 3 62 3 AS D 55 2 33 38 38 Speed km h 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace 802 11ac MIMO Standards According to IEEE 801 11 03 940r4 Rx Antenna Distance
39. 0 089 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 15 Path 16 Cluster 1 2 3 1 2 3 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape tgn Indorr Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr Indorr tgn Indorr Relative 19 3 17 4 18 8 23 2 21 9 23 2 Loss dB Delay ns 240 240 240 290 290 290 AoA 158 9 320 2 276 1 158 9 320 2 276 1 AS A 27 7 31 4 37 4 27 7 31 4 37 4 AoD 332 1 49 3 275 9 332 1 49 3 275 9 AS D 27 4 32 1 36 8 27 4 32 1 36 8 Speed 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 17 Path 18 Cluster 2 3 Profil Typ Bell Shape tgn Indorr Bell Shape tgn Indorr Bell Shape tgn Indorr Relative Loss 25 5 25 2 26 7 dB Delay ns 340 340 390 AoA 320 2 276 1 276 1 User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 273 802 11ac MIMO Standards Tap Path 17 Path 18 AS A 31 4 37 4 37 4 AoD 49 3 275 9 275 9 AS D 32 1 36 8 36 8 Speed km h 0 089 0 089 0 089 Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace A 20 5 Model E Tap Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Cluster 1 2 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr Relative 2 6 3 3 5 3 9 4 5 1 8 Loss dB
40. 02 08 171 TGn Settings SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor GF PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor GG PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor GH PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor HA PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor HB PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor HC PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor HD PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor HE PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor HF PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor HG PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor HH PHASe Gain For description refer to SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor lt path gt PHASe on page 169 8 8 TGn Settings The MIMO configurations are available with option R amp S SMW K74 Example Simulating one path TGn fading with two rays with different distribu tions In the following example we assume that a MIMO fading configuration is enabled e g 2x2 MIMO One MIMO path is activated the default path settings are used KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK Enable the corresponding matrix mode and set the relevant SCM settings
41. 1 Tx Antenna Distance 0 5 Distribution Laplace Profile Bell Shape tgn Indoor exception Model F Path 3 where the Profile Bell Shape tgn Moving Vehicle Speed 0 089 km h exception Model F Path 3 where Speed 40 km h Model A Tap Path 1 Cluster Profil Typ Bell Shape tgn Indorr Loss dB 0 Delay ns 0 AoA 45 AS A 40 AoD 45 AS D 40 Speed km h 0 089 A 20 2 A 20 3 R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 eeen Predefined Fading Settings Model B Tap Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Cluster 1 2 1 2 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr Relative 0 5 4 10 8 3 2 16 2 6 3 Loss dB Delay ns 0 10 20 20 30 30 AoA 4 3 4 3 4 3 118 4 4 3 AS A 14 4 14 4 14 4 25 2 AoD 225 1 225 1 225 1 106 5 AS D 14 4 14 4 14 4 25 4 Speed 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 5 Path 6 Path 7 Path 8 Path 9 Cluster 1 2 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr Relative 21 7 9 4 12 5 15 6 18 7 21 8 Loss dB Delay ns 40 40 50 60 70 80 AoA 4 3 118 4 118 4
42. 1 61 9 AS D 36 1 42 5 38 36 1 42 5 38 Speed 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 11 Path 12 Cluster 1 2 3 1 2 3 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indorr tgn Indorr Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr Relative 13 9 10 3 14 2 16 1 14 3 13 8 Loss dB Delay ns 280 280 280 330 330 330 AoA 163 7 251 8 80 163 7 251 8 80 AS A 35 8 41 6 37 4 35 8 41 6 37 4 AoD 105 6 293 1 61 9 105 6 293 1 61 9 AS D 36 1 42 5 38 36 1 42 5 38 Speed 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace 802 11ac MIMO Standards Tap Path 13 Path 14 Cluster 1 2 3 1 2 3 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indorr tgn Indorr Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr Relative 18 3 14 7 18 6 20 5 18 7 18 1 Loss dB Delay ns 380 380 380 430 430 430 AoA 163 7 251 8 80 163 7 251 8 80 AS A 35 8 41 6 37 4 35 8 41 6 37 4 AoD 105 6 293 1 61 9 105 6 293 1 61 9 AS D 36 1 42 5 38 36 1 42 5 38 Speed 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 15 Path 16 Path 17 Path 18 Cluster 1 2 3 4 2 4 4 4 Profil Typ
43. 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 4 3 0 2 6 3 5 Delay ns 0 100 300 500 800 1100 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 50 50 50 50 50 50 Path 7 Path 8 Path 9 Path 10 Path 11 Path 12 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 7 5 6 5 8 6 11 10 User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 194 R amp S9SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Predefined Fading Settings A 2 11 GSM TI5 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Delay ns 1300 1700 2300 3100 3200 5000 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 50 50 50 50 50 50 A 2 10 GSM HT100 12 Path Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 10 8 6 4 0 0 Delay ns 0 LogNormal off off off off Corr with off off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 100 100 100 100 Path 7 Path 8 Path 9 Path 10 Path 11 Path 12 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 4 8 9 10 12 14 Delay ns 1300 LogNormal off Corr with off
44. 118 4 118 4 118 4 AS A 14 4 25 2 25 2 25 2 25 2 25 2 AoD 225 1 106 5 106 5 106 5 106 5 106 5 AS D 14 4 25 4 25 4 25 4 25 4 25 4 Speed 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Model C Tap Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Cluster Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr CO T ae User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 270 R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Predefined Fading Settings Tap Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Relative 0 2 4 3 6 5 Loss dB Delay ns O 10 20 30 AoA 290 3 290 3 290 3 290 3 AS A 24 6 24 6 24 6 24 6 AoD 13 5 13 5 13 5 13 5 13 5 13 5 AS D 24 7 24 7 24 7 24 7 24 7 24 7 Speed 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 7 Path 7 Path 8 Path 8 Path 9 Path 9 Cluster 1 2 1 2 1 2 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr Relative 13 5 15 2 7 2 17 3 9 3 Loss dB Delay ns 60 60 70 70 80 80 AoA 290 3 332 3 290 3 332 3 290 3 332 3 AS A 24 6 22 4 24 6 22 4 24 6 22 4 A
45. 14 1 HST1 Open Space HST1 Open Space DL UL on page 250 HST2 Tunnel Leaky Cable See chapter A 14 2 HST2 Tunnel Leaky Cable HST2 Tunnel Leaky Cable DL UL on page 251 HST3 Tunnel Multi Antennas HST3 Tunnel Multi Antennas DL UL See chapter A 14 3 HST3 Tunnel Multi Antennas HST3 Tunnel Multi Antennas DL UL on page 251 WLAN Standards A 7 WLAN Standards A 7 1 WLAN HyperLan 2 Model A Path 1 Path 2 Path3 Path4 Path5 Path6 Path7 Paths Path9 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss 0 0 9 1 7 2 6 3 5 4 3 5 2 6 1 6 9 dB Delay 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 ns LogNor off off off off off off off off off mal Corr off off off off off off off off off with Power 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio dB Freq 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio Speed 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 km h Path 10 Path 11 Path 12 Path 13 Path 14 Path 15 Path 16 Path 17 Path 18 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss 7 8 4 7 7 3 9 9 12 5 13 7 18 22 4 26 7 dB Delay 90 110 140 170 200 240 290 340 390 ns LogNor off off off off off off off off off mal Corr off off off off off off off off off with Power O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio dB Freq 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio Speed 1
46. 2 998 10 m s is the speed of light Example If v 100 km h and fre 1 GHz the fp 92 66 Hz Consider the following interdependencies e If the speed is changed the resulting Doppler shift is automatically modified e f Path Table Settings gt Common Speed in All Paths gt On a change of speed in one path automatically results in a change of speed in all of the other paths of the fader e In the Fading Profile gt Pure Doppler Rice Gauss Doppler the actual Doppler Shift f is a function of the selected speed v and also of the parameter Frequency Ratio See also Cross reference between the fading parameters on page 41 e n System Configuration gt Mode gt Standard you can couple the speed for the paths of both faders With correlated paths the speed setting must agree When correlation is activated the settings of the path for which correlation is switched on are accepted for both paths Afterwards the most recent modification applies to both paths no matter in Path Table which path it was made The same applies to all paths of the two faders when coupling is activated Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt SPEed on page 152 Resulting Doppler Shift If Table Settings gt Keep Constant gt Speed this parameter displays the resulting Doppler shift fp The value depends on the selected e Speed e RE frequency fpr or the Virtual RF
47. 2003 09 annex B2 2 and 3GPP TS 25 141 V6 3 0 2003 09 annex D 2 Path 1 Path 2 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 10 Delay ns 0 976 LogNormal off off Corr with off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 Speed km h 3 3 3GPP Case 2 UE BS Table 1 8 3GPP TS 25 101 V6 2 0 2003 09 annex B2 2 and 3GPP TS 25 141 V6 3 0 2003 09 annex D 2 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 0 0 Delay ns 0 976 20000 LogNormal off Off off Corr with off Off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 A 6 3 3GPP Case 3 UE BS A 6 4 A 6 5 3GPP Standards Freq Ratio Speed km h 3GPP TS 25 101 V6 2 0 2003 09 annex B2 2 and 3GPP TS 25 141 V6 3 0 2003 09 annex D 2 Path 1 Path 2 Path 4 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 3 9 Delay ns 0 260 781 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 Speed km h 120 120 120 3GPP Case 4 UE 3GPP TS 25 101 V6 2 0 2003 09 annex B2 2 Path 1 Path 2 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 0 Delay ns 0 976 LogNormal off off Corr with off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 Speed km h 3 3 3GPP Case 5 UE 3GPP TS 25 101 V6 2 0 2003 09 annex B2 2 3GPP Sta
48. 30 ant 90 7594 WMSUI2A360P90 WMSUI2A360P75 WMSUI2A030P90 WMSUI2A030P75 SUI 2 omi ant 90 7595 SUI 2 30 ant 90 7594 WMSUI3A360P90 WMSUI3A360P75 WMSUI3A030P90 WMSUI3A030P75 SUI 3 omi ant 90 75 SUI 3 30 ant 90 75 WMSUI4A360P90 WMSUI4A360P75 WMSUI4A030P90 WMSUI4A030P75 SUI 4 omi ant 90 75 SUI 4 30 ant 90 75 WMSUI5A360P90 WMSUI5A360P75 WMSUI5A360P50 WMSUI5A030P90 WMSUISA030P75 WMSUI5A030P50 SUI 5 omi ant 90 75 50 SUI 5 30 ant 90 75 50 WMSUI6A360P90 WMSUI6A360P75 WMSUI6A360P50 WMSUI6A030P90 WMSUI6A030P75 WMSUI6A030P50 SUI 6 omi ant 90 75 50 SUI 6 30 ant 90 75 50 WiMAX MIMO see chapter A 12 WIMAX MIMO Standards on page 242 WMITUPBS3L WMITUPB3M WMI TUPB3H WMITUVAG6OL WMI TUVA60M WMITUVAGOH ITU PB Low Medium High ITU VA Low Medium High ETE see chapter A 10 LTE Stand ards on page 237 LTEEPAS LTEEVAS LTEEVA70 LTEETU70 LTEETU300 LTEMBSFN5 LTE EPA 5Hz LTE EVA 5 70Hz LTE ETU 70 300Hz LTE MBSFN 5Hz LTE MIMO see chapter A 11 LTE MIMO Standards on page 240 LMEPASL LMEPASM LMEPASH LMEVASL LMEVASM LMEVASH LMEVA7OL LMEVA7OM LMEVA7OH LMETU7OL LMETU70M LMETU7OH LMETU300L LMETU300M LMETU300H LTE EPA 5Hz Low Medium High LTE EVA 5 70Hz Low Medium High LTE ETU 70 300Hz Low Medium High 1xEVDO see
49. 9 dB Delay 0 10 20 30 50 80 110 140 180 ns LogNor off off off off off off off off off mal Corr off off off off off off off off off with Power 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio dB Freq 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio Speed 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 km h Path 10 Path 11 Path 12 Path 13 Path 14 Path 15 Path 16 Path 17 Path 18 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss 9 4 10 8 12 3 11 7 14 3 15 8 19 6 22 7 27 6 dB Delay 230 280 330 400 490 600 730 880 1050 ns LogNor off off off off off off off off off mal Corr off off off off off off off off off with Power 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio dB Freq 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio Speed 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 km h Corresponds to a typical office environment for LOS conditions A 10db spike at 0 delay has been added resulting in an average rms delay spread of 140ns WLAN Standards A 7 5 WLAN HyperLan 2 Model E Path 1 Path 2 Path3 Path4 Path5 Path6 Path7 Path8 Path9 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss 4 9 5 1 5 2 0 8 1 3 1 9 0 3 1 2 21 dB Delay 0 10 20 40 70 100 140 190 240 ns LogNor off off off off off off off off off mal Corr off off off off off o
50. A 27 7 27 7 27 7 27 7 27 7 31 4 AoD 332 1 332 1 332 1 332 1 332 1 49 3 AS D 27 4 27 4 27 4 27 4 27 4 32 1 Speed 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 12 Path 13 Path 14 Cluster 1 2 1 2 1 2 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor Indoor tgn Indoor Relative 11 1 9 5 13 7 12 1 16 3 14 7 Loss dB Delay ns 140 140 170 170 200 200 AoA 158 9 320 2 158 9 320 2 158 9 320 2 AS A 27 7 31 4 27 7 31 4 27 7 31 4 AoD 332 1 49 3 332 1 49 3 332 1 49 3 AS D 274 32 1 27 4 32 1 27 4 32 1 Speed 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 15 Path 16 Cluster 1 2 3 1 2 3 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shapetgn Bell Shape tgn Indoor Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor Indoor tgn Indoor Relative 19 3 17 4 18 8 23 2 21 9 23 2 Loss dB Delay ns 240 240 240 290 290 290 AoA 158 9 320 2 276 1 158 9 320 2 276 1 E M User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 262 802 11n MIMO Standards Tap Path 15 Path 16 AS A AoD AS D Speed km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 17 Path 18 Cluster 2 3 Profil Typ Bel
51. A FSIM MDEL ALL MOV DEL VAR 1E 5 sets the range 10 us for the delay of the moving fading path Manual operation See Delay Variation Peak Peak on page 65 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay CHANnel MODE Mode Determines whether only one or several moving channels are simulated Parameters lt Mode gt ONE ALL RST ONE Example FSIM CONF MDEL selects a moving propagation configuration FSIM MDEL CHAN MODE ALL enables all moving channels Moving Propagation Manual operation See Moving Channels on page 29 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt CPHase lt CPhase gt These commands determine the phase for constant phase fading for the Standard Delay and Moving Propagation All Moving Channels fading configurations Parameters lt CPhase gt float Range 0 to 359 9 Increment 0 1 RST 0 Example FSIM DEL STAT ON activates the Standard Delay fading configuration FSIM DEL GRO2 PATH PROF CPH selects the Constant Phase fading profile for fading path 1 of group 2 FSIM DEL GRO2 PATH CPH 5DEG sets a phase of 5 DEG for fading path 1 of group 2 The path is multiplied by this phase SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay MOVing DELay MEAN Mean Sets the mean delay of the moving fading path for moving propagation Parameters lt Mean gt float Range 0 to 40E 6 Increment 10E 9 RST 3 5E 6 Exam
52. A 13 10 1xEVDO Chan 5 Bd 5 11 Path 1 Path 2 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 0 Delay ns 0 2000 LogNormal off off Corr with off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 Speed km h 0 0 A 14 3GPP LTE High Speed Train A 14 1 HST1 Open Space HST1 Open Space DL UL 3GPP TS25 141 annex D 4A High Speed Train and 3GPP TS36 141 annex B 3 High Speed Train shift occurs in the downlink the mobile receiver synchronizes to that shifted frequency The uplink to the base station then results in a doppler shift enlarged by a factor based on the sum of the DL and UL frequency o The HST DL UL standards consider the downlink and the uplink That is if a doppler Path 1 Profile Type Pure Doppler Loss dB 0 Delay ns 0 LogNormal off Corr with off Power Ratio dB z A 14 2 d A 14 3 d 3GPP LTE High Speed Train Path 1 Freq Ratio Speed km h 350km h Drin 50m Ds 1000m HST2 Tunnel Leaky Cable HST2 Tunnel Leaky Cable DL UL 3GPP TS25 141 annex D 4A High Speed Train The HST DL UL standards consider the downlink and the uplink That is if a doppler shift occurs in the downlink the mobile receiver synchronizes to that shifted frequency The uplink to the base station then results in a doppler shift enlarged by a factor based on the sum of the DL and UL frequency P
53. Cluster 1 2 1 2 1 2 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr Relative 5 3 2 8 6 2 3 5 7 1 44 Loss dB Delay ns 80 80 110 110 140 140 AoA 315 1 180 4 315 1 180 4 315 1 180 4 AS A 48 55 48 55 48 55 AoD 56 2 183 7 56 2 183 7 56 2 183 7 AS D 41 6 552 41 6 552 41 6 552 Speed 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 9 Path 10 Cluster 1 2 3 1 2 3 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indorr Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr Relative 8 2 5 3 5 7 9 5 74 6 7 Loss dB User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 277 R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Predefined Fading Settings Tap Path 9 Path 10 Delay ns 180 180 180 230 230 230 AoA 315 1 180 4 74 7 315 1 180 4 74 7 AS A 48 55 42 48 55 42 AoD 56 2 183 7 153 56 2 183 7 153 AS D 41 6 55 2 47 4 41 6 55 2 47 4 Speed 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 11 Path 12 Cluster 1 2 3 1 2 3 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn tgn Indorr Indorr tgn
54. Conventions Used in the Documentation repair troubleshooting and fault elimination It contains all information required for repairing the R amp S SMW by replacing modules Release Notes The release notes describe the installation of the firmware new and modified func tions eliminated problems and last minute changes to the documentation The corre sponding firmware version is indicated on the title page of the release notes The latest versions are available for download from the R amp S SMW product page at http www rohde schwarz com product SMW200A html gt Downloads gt Firmware Web Help The web help provides online access to the complete information on operating the R amp S SMW and all available options without downloading The content of the Web Help corresponds to the user manuals for the latest product version The web help is available from the R amp S SMW product page at http www rohde schwarz com product SMW200A htm gt Downloads gt Web Help Tutorials A set of tutorials is embedded in the software The tutorials offer guided examples and demonstrations on operating the R amp S SMW Application Notes Application notes application cards white papers and educational notes are further publications that provide more comprehensive descriptions and background informa tion A subset of application notes is provided on the documentation CD ROM delivered with the instrument The latest versions are available
55. Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 4 0 3 0 5 Speed km h 0 05 0 04 0 06 K 1 A 9 26 SUI 6 30 ant 90 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMDopp WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 16 26 Delay ns 0 14000 20000 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off WIMAX Standards Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 4 0 3 0 5 Speed km h 0 05 0 04 0 06 K 0 no Rice component A 9 27 SUI 6 30 ant 75 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMRice WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 16 26 Delay ns 0 14000 20000 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 3 0103 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 4 0 3 0 5 Speed km h 0 05 0 04 0 06 K 2 A 9 28 SUI 6 30 ant 50 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMRice WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 16 26 Delay ns 0 14000 20000 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 6 9897 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 4 0 3 0 5 Speed km h 0 05 0 04 0 06 K 5 WIMAX Standards A 9 29 ITU OIP A Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 9 7 19 2 22 8 Delay ns 0 110 190 410 LogNormal off off off off Corr with off off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 Speed km h oi
56. Delay ns 0 10 20 30 50 50 AoA 163 7 163 7 163 7 163 7 163 7 251 8 AS A 35 8 35 8 35 8 35 8 35 8 41 6 AoD 105 6 105 6 105 6 105 6 105 6 293 1 AS D 36 1 36 1 36 1 36 1 36 1 42 5 Speed 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 6 Path 7 Path 8 Cluster 1 2 1 2 1 2 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr Relative 5 6 3 2 6 9 4 5 8 2 5 8 Loss dB Delay ns 80 80 110 110 140 140 AoA 163 7 251 8 163 7 251 8 163 7 251 8 AS A 35 8 41 6 35 8 41 6 35 8 41 6 AoD 105 6 293 1 105 6 293 1 105 6 293 1 AS D 36 1 42 5 36 1 42 5 36 1 42 5 802 11ac MIMO Standards Tap Path 6 Path 7 Path 8 Speed 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 9 Path 10 Cluster 1 2 3 1 2 3 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indorr tgn Indorr Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr Relative 9 8 7 1 7 9 11 7 9 9 9 6 Loss dB Delay ns 180 180 180 230 230 230 AoA 163 7 251 8 80 163 7 251 8 80 AS A 35 8 41 6 37 4 35 8 41 6 37 4 AoD 105 6 293 1 61 9 105 6 293
57. Distribu Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace tion A 19 6 Model F Tap Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Cluster 1 2 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor Relative 3 3 3 6 3 9 4 2 Loss dB Delay ns 0 10 20 30 AoA 315 1 315 1 315 1 315 1 AS A 48 48 48 48 AoD 56 2 56 2 56 2 56 2 AS D 41 6 41 6 41 6 41 6 41 6 Speed 1 2 1 2 40 1 2 1 2 1 2 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 6 Path 7 Path 8 Cluster 1 2 1 2 1 2 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor Relative 5 3 2 8 6 2 3 5 74 4 4 Loss dB Delay ns 80 80 110 110 140 140 AoA 315 1 180 4 315 1 180 4 315 1 180 4 AS A 48 55 48 55 48 55 AoD 56 2 183 7 56 2 183 7 56 2 183 7 AS D 41 6 55 2 41 6 55 2 41 6 55 2 User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 266 802 11n MIMO Standards Tap Path 6 Path 7 Path 8 Speed 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 9 Path 10 Cluster 1 2 3 1 2 3 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell
58. ESOURce shw TrESIMulatorSISO COPY eene uus utet Ea 120 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator COPY DESTination nennen en eere eenen enenenen nnen nenenennen 120 SOURce lt hw FSiMulaterCOPY EXE CUI Lares ande ene eels 120 ESOURceshwel FSiMulater COPY SOURGCG preii a aa a aaa Ea 120 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator FREQuency cessisse ai uiaiia nennen enen ennn 121 SOURceshw FSiMulaterCLOCKRATE rare eden laat dan 121 SOURce lt hw gt FSiMullator GLOBA SEED iiini nsien aec aiian cu nanai 121 ESOURceshwelfFSiMulator HOPPing MODE uk ette aa haat aaa aaa 122 ESOURces lt hw gt J FSIMulator IGNore RFCHanges unne enenenenenen nnn 122 SOURce hw FSIMulator ILOSs CSAMples nanana aiaa ia 123 L SOURce hw TEFSIMulatoriIL OSs MODE 222 hera aaa aa EE 123 LSOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator ILOSSELOSS nnn eenen nennen haaati eene 123 ESOURCe lt hw FSIMulaton CONSEIL aaa notti onte etat eda onda etes 124 SOURce hw EFSIMulator PRESbl 25 2 taie oct rcr unida iai ainan 124 ESOURce hw TFSIMulator RESTart MODE tiro rit rtt ntpote tate rt net 124 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator ROUTe esses nnne ener rere rrr nnn tinens 124 General Settings ESOURce lt hw FSiMulator SDESUNSUGN E 128 ESOURces lt hw gt J FSIMulator FREQuency DETect nuno nennen aiaiai 128 ESOURces lt hw gt J FSIMulator SPEed UNIT nnn nennen nn enenennenenenenenenrerenenenenenenennenenn 129 SOURce lt
59. FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROupsst gt PATH lt Ch gt STATe nennen 153 ESOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH lt cCh gt STATE nennen 153 SOURce hw FSIMulator DELay DEL S TATe sessi 153 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt ADELay lt ADelay gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt ADELay lt ADelay gt Determines the path specific delay Additional Delay of the selected path The Resulting Delay of a path is obtained by adding the Basic Delay and the Additional Delay Parameters lt ADelay gt float Range 0 to 40 0E 6 s RST 0 Example FSIM DEL STAT ON activates the Standard Delay fading configuration FSIM DEL GRO PATH2 ADEL 10E 6 sets an Additional Delay of 10 us for fading path 2 Manual operation See Additional Delay on page 46 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt BDELay lt BDelay gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt BDELay lt BDelay gt Determines the group delay Basic Delay Within a group all of the paths are jointly delayed by this value The Resulting Delay of a path is obtained by adding the Basic Delay and the Additional Delay The Basic Delay of group 1 is always equal to 0 Parameters lt BDelay gt float Range 0 0 to 2 56E 3 s Increment 10ns RST 0 0 Delay Modes Exampl
60. FSIMulator MIMO SCWI TAP lt st gt SPEed on page 176 MS DoT Direction of Travel Sets the direction of travel of the mobile station If LOS line of sight is simulated then the mobile station direction of travel determines the value of the parameter Frequency Ratio for Rice fading profile Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI TAP lt st gt DOT on page 177 Cluster State Enables disables the selected cluster Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter lt ch gt TAP lt st gt STATe on page 177 Relative Gain dB Sets the relative gain in dB of the selected cluster Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter lt ch gt GAIN on page 177 State lt Sub Cluster If the corresponding cluster is enabled you can enable up to 3 sub clusters A cluster is comprises of 20 spatially separated sub paths with equal powers The sub paths are occasionally split to sub sets or sub clusters also known as mid paths hav ing different resolvable delays In the SCME and WINNER II models one cluster can be split into 3 sub clusters consisting of 10 6 and 4 sub paths resulting in 10 20 6 20 and 4 20 relative power to the total cluster power respectively See also Relative Gain dB on page 102 Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter lt ch gt TAP lt st gt SUBCluster di STATe on page 179 Relative Gain dB lt Sub Cluster Displays the
61. FSIMulator PRESet on page 124 Save Recall Accesses the Save Recall dialog i e the standard instrument function for storing and recalling the complete dialog related settings in a file The provided navigation possibil ities in the dialog are self explanatory The file name and the directory it is stored in are user definable the file extension is however predefined See also chapter File and Data Management in the R amp S SMW User Manual The R amp S SMW stores fading configurations in files with file extension fad General Settings The dialog displays the name of a currently loaded user settings file The file name is displayed as long as you do not modify the settings or Qo File LTE HST3 2 413 modified Schiet Remote command SOURce FSIMulator CATalog on page 136 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator LOAD on page 136 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator STORe on page 137 SOURce FSIMulator DELETE on page 137 Standard Test Case Selects predefined fading settings according to the test scenarios stipulated in the common mobile radio standards For an overview of the predefined standards along with the underlying test scenarios and the enabled settings see chapter A Predefined Fading Settings on page 188 If one of the predefined parameters is modified User is displayed User is also the default setting Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator STANdard on page 129
62. GROup1 PATH1 LOGNormal CSTD 2 Manual operation See Local Constant Coupled on page 39 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator COUPle SPEed Speed available in System Configuration gt Mode gt Standard Couples the setting for the speed for the paths of both faders Parameters lt Speed gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 Example see SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator COUPle LOGNormal LCONstant on page 137 Manual operation See Speed Setting Coupled on page 39 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator CSPeed lt CSpeed gt Determines whether the same speed is set for all of the activated fading paths Parameters lt CSpeed gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 1 Example see SOURce hw FSIMulator COUPle LOGNormal LCONstant on page 137 Manual operation See Common Speed For All Paths on page 43 Birth Death 8 2 Birth Death The Birth Death dynamic fading configurations are available with option R amp S SMW K71 ESOURce lt hw gt FSlMulator BIRThdeath DELay GRID nnn esee 139 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath DELay MINIMUM nnen eer eene 139 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath DELay MAXiIMUM nennen nennen enen ene 139 ESOURces lt hw gt J FSlMulator BIRThdeath HOPPing DWELI neren eneen senen eenen eneen 140 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath PATH lt ch gt LOSS nnee enrnennenenen enen nenn 140 SOURce hw FSIMulator BIRThdeath PAT
63. GVECtor FB GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor FC GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor FD GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor FE GAIN lt Gain gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor FF GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor FG GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor FH GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor GA GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor GB GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor GC GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor GD GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor GE GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor GF GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor GG GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor GH GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor HA GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor HB GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor HC GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor HD GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor HE GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSI
64. Increment 0 01 RST 2 9 s for hopping mode 160 s for sliding mode Example see example Enabling a two channel interferer fading configu ration on page 182 Manual operation See Period Dwell on page 71 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator TCINterferer SPEed lt Speed gt Sets the speed v of the moving receiver for 2 channel interferer fading Parameters lt Speed gt float Range O to 27778 dynamic Increment 0 001 RST 0 83333 Example see example Enabling a two channel interferer fading configu ration on page 182 Manual operation See Speed on page 70 SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer REFerence MOVing DELay MINimum Minimum Sets the minimum delay for the reference path and the moving path Parameters Minimum float Range 0 to dynamic Increment 20E 9 RST 0 Example see example Enabling a two channel interferer fading configu ration on page 182 2 Channel Interferer Manual operation See Delay Min on page 70 SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer REFerence MOVing FDOPpler Queries the Doppler frequency of the reference and moving path with 2 channel inter ferer fading Return values lt FDoppler gt float Range 0 to 1000 Increment 0 01 RST 0 Example see example Enabling a two channel interferer fading configu ration on page 182 Usage Query only Manual operation See Profile on page 69 See Res Doppler Shift on page 70 SOURce lt hw gt FS
65. Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr Indorr Relative 11 7 10 4 12 5 10 3 9 6 Loss dB Delay ns 280 280 280 330 330 330 AoA 315 1 180 4 74 7 315 1 180 4 74 7 AS A 48 55 42 48 55 42 AoD 56 2 183 7 153 56 2 183 7 153 AS D 41 6 55 2 47 4 41 6 55 2 47 4 Speed 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 km h Distribu Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace tion Tap Path 13 Path 14 Cluster 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Profil Typ Bell Bell Bell Bell Bell Bell Bell Bell Shape Shape tgn Shape Shape Shape Shape Shape Shape tgn Indorr Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn tgn tgn tgn Indorr Indorr Indorr Indorr Relative 14 3 10 4 14 1 8 8 16 7 13 8 12 7 13 3 Loss dB Delay ns 400 400 400 400 490 490 490 490 AoA 315 1 180 4 74 7 251 5 315 1 180 4 74 7 251 5 AS A 48 55 42 28 6 48 55 42 28 6 AoD 56 2 183 7 153 112 5 56 2 183 7 153 112 5 AS D 41 6 55 2 47 4 27 2 41 6 55 2 47 4 27 2 000 User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 278 R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 mm Predefined Fading Settings Tap Path 13 Path 14 Speed 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 km h Distribu Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace tion Tap Path 15 Cluster 1 2 3 4 5 Profil Typ Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape Bell Shape B
66. Manual operation See Path Loss on page 63 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay REFerence STATe State This command activates the reference path for moving propagation Parameters lt State gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 1 8 6 MIMO Settings Example FSIM MDEL STAT ON sets moving propagation FSIM MDEL REF STAT ON activates the reference path for moving propagation Manual operation See State on page 63 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay STATe State This command activates the moving propagation fading configuration The paths and the fading simulator must be switched on separately SOURce FSIMulator MDELay MOVing REFerence STATe ON and SOURce FSIMulator ON Parameters lt State gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 Example FSIM MDEL STAT ON sets moving propagation for fader A Manual operation See Configuration on page 27 MIMO Settings The MIMO configurations require additional options e for up to 2x2 MIMO configurations 2x option R amp S SMW B14 R amp S SMW K74 are required e the MxN MIMO configurations with M gt 2 or N gt 2 require 4xR amp S SMW B14 R amp S SMW K74 Placeholder lt path gt To simplify the description of the remote control commands the placeholder path is introduced Replace this placeholder lt path gt with AB AC etc The description of each command containing this placeholder provides a link to the related commands with their correct syntax The repl
67. PEP and average power value RMS in dB Hence either increas ing the peak value or decreasing the RMS value results in a higher crest factor In this implementation the instrument keeps the peak value as close as possible to the full drive level multiplier peak gt 1 but the fading simulator reduces the RMS value by the additional crest factor due to fading multiplier RMS lt 1 The ratio of these two multi pliers is a value known as the insertion loss The instrument derives the crest factor of the signal at the output of the fading simula tor based on the crest factor of the signal at the input of the Fading block and the insertion loss Signal generation Fading Resulting signal Crest factor a Insertion loss Crest factor b Peakvalue af RMS value a Multiplier peak Multiplier RM S Peak value b RMS value b Crest factor a x Insertion loss R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Fading Settings mn ere Overview of the provided modes and the main differences between them In the R amp S SMW the used insertion loss is not a fixed value but is dynamically adjus ted for different measurement tasks For any of the predefined standards test cases the instrument selects an optimal range for the insertion loss In a user defined fading configuration you define the way the range for insertion loss is determined From the following available modes select the one most fitting to your application e Normal
68. Path Path Path Path 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Power 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio dB Freq 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio Speed 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 km h Table 1 20 3GPP TS 25 943 V5 1 0 2002 06 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Profile Type Pure Dop Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 5 2 6 4 8 4 9 3 10 Delay ns 0 42 101 129 149 LogNormal off off off off off Corr with off off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 7 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 250 250 250 250 250 Table 1 21 3GPP TS 25 943 V5 1 0 2002 06 Cont Path 6 Path 7 Path 8 Path 9 Path 10 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 13 1 15 3 18 5 20 4 22 4 Delay ns 245 312 410 469 528 LogNormal off off off off off Corr with off off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 250 250 250 250 250 A 6 18 3GPP Birth Death 3GPP TS 25 101 V6 2 0 2003 09 annex B2 4 A 6 19 A 6 20 A 6 21 A 6 22 3GPP Standards Path 1 Path 2 Profile Type Static Static Loss dB 0 0 Delay ns 0 10us 0 10us LogNormal off off Corr with off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 Freq Ratio 1 1 Speed km h 0 0 Dwell 191ms Mean Offset 5 us Reference Moving Channel See chapter A 15 1 Reference Moving Channel on page 252 HST1 Open Space HST1 Open Space DL UL See chapter A
69. Power Ratio dB 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 100 100 100 100 100 100 Path 1 Path 2 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 0 User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 195 NADC Standards Path 1 Path 2 Delay ns 0 400 LogNormal off off Corr with off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 Speed km h 5 5 A 3 NADC Standards D Path 2 should be placed in its own group delay max 40 000 ns A 3 1 NADC 8 2 Path Path 1 Path 2 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 0 Delay ns 0 41200 LogNormal off off Corr with off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 Speed km h 8 8 A 3 2 NADC 50 2 Path Path 1 Path 2 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 0 Delay ns 0 41200 LogNormal off off Corr with off off PCN Standards Power Ratio dB 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 Speed km h 50 50 A 3 3 NADC 100 2 Path Path 1 Path 2 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 0 Delay ns 0 41200 LogNormal off off Corr with off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 Speed km h 100 100 A 4 PCN Standards A 4 1 PCN TU1 5 6 Path Same as GSM Tux Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 3 0 2 6 8 10 Delay ns
70. R amp S SMW is reduced by up to 18 dB Prerequisites for correct insertion loss adaptation For correct automatic adaptation of the insertion loss the processes involved in the fading simulation i e the paths among themselves as well as the paths relative to the input signal have to be statistically independent of each other If statistically correlated processes occur such as the fading of modulation signals with symbol rates approxi mating the delay differences of the fading paths correct automatic adaptation of the insertion loss is not possible A correlation requires that you measure the level again and manually corrected it e g by enabling of a suitable level offset The following are two examples explaining the possible reasons for correlation User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 36 4 3 1 Insertion Loss Configuration Coupled Parameters and Global Fader Coupling Example Correlated processes resulting from the used modulation signal and the selected fading configuration The instrument is configured to generate a QPSK signal with a symbol rate of 1 Msymb s is generated and the PRBS 9 sequence as the data source Enabled is a fading configuration consisting of two paths with a Rayleigh profile identi cal speed and a resulting delay of 0 us and 1 us respectively The symbol rates of the modulation signal are in the range of the delay differences of the fading paths the autocorrelation of the modulation data PRBS 9 to th
71. RT EE 56 l Ignore RF changes lt D 32 Ignore RF Changes lt Dt 122 Insertion Loss 38 123 Moving PropagatlOM dine rrr te kernen 64 Insertion Loss Clipped Samples 39 123 Insertion Loss Configuration 35 37 123 Insertion Loss Mode 2 2 rre eterna 38 123 Installation EE 15 K Keep Constanta rct Sii en ire ate 43 L Load F dirg settiigs conten tt e te iride Load Fading Settings Load MIMO Settings Local Constant aus Lognormal Fading State ssena 50 iid irosit EAAS 85 M Matik ModE a erc aa EA NRA 93 Ek AE ER Max Delay Birth Death iiis icr eoa erento reveren cuss Max Delay Birth Death Mean Delay Moving Propagation rn rre mn 64 MIMO Correlation mall 2 2 c arbre t eco coge casis aee 87 EXMXN uuu multi entity MIMO Settings MEO AG e as 164 SC 164 Min Delay Birth Death saarinen t rer 54 Mobile station Direction of travel DOT zur omen 102 Rl 101 KEE 101 Moving Channels ioco ere intct te eere 29 158 Moving Mode 2 Channel Interferer noon onneneneeeenvennnneeenenn 71 Moving PathrState x retinere 63 160 Moving Propagation rt trennen 57 Multrentity MIMO iiri etr ia 85 N Next taD MS 92 O TU e EE 12 P PAS iicet e NIRE PIRE haan Oene 103 Path filter Path graph Path Loss
72. Real gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation TX ROW lt di gt COLumn lt st gt REAL Real Sets the value for the real part of the receiver transmitter correlation Note In case that the values for the real part and the imaginary part are both set to 0 the phase value will also be set to 0 when changing the data format Parameters lt Real gt float Range 1 to 1 Increment 0 001 RST 0 Example SOURcel FSIMulator MIMO TAP2 KRONecker CORRelation TX ROW1 COLumn2 REAL 0 5 sets the value for the real part of the Tx correlation AB to 0 5 Options up to 4xR amp S SMW B14 and R amp S SMW K74 Manual operation See Tx Correlation Coefficients Magnitude Real on page 94 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt MATRix ACCept Accepts the values for the phase imaginary and the real ration part of the correlation Example FSIM MIMO TAP2 MATR ACC accepts the values for the phase imaginary and the real ration part of the correlation Usage Event Options R amp S SMW B14 K7 1 K74 Manual operation See Accept on page 111 MIMO Settings SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt MATRix CONFlict Queries whether there is a matrix conflict or not Return values Conflict 0 1 OFF ON Example FSIM MIMO TAP2 MATR CONF queries whether there is a matrix conflict or not Usage Query only Options R amp S SMW B14 K71 K74 Manual operation See Conflict on p
73. SCONfiguration SCONfiguration FADing SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator ROUTe MODE lt FadConfig gt STANdard FAAFBNone FAMAXAB FAAFBB FAAFBB FAAFBA FAAFBA FABFBB FABFBB FAABFBN FAMAXAB FANFBAB FBMAXAB FAABFBAB FAABFBAB ADVanced MIMO1X2 FA1A2BFB1A2BM12 MIMO1X3 A1A2BFB1A2BM13 MIMO1X4 FA1A2BFB1A2BM14 MIMO2X2 FA1A2BFB1A2B FA1A2BFB1A2BM22 MIMO2X3 FA1A2BFB1A2BM23 MIMO2X4 Al1A2BFB1A2BM24 MIMO3X1 A1A2BFB1A2BM31 MIMO3X2 FA1A2BFB1A2BM32 MIMO3X3 FA1A2BFB1A2BM33 MIMO3X4 FA1A2BFB1A2BM34 MIMO4X1 FA1A2BFB1A2BM41 MIMO4X2 FA1A2BFB1A2BM42 MIMO4X3 ALA2BFB1A2BM43 MIMO4X4 A1A2BFB1A2BM44 MIMO1X8 FA1A2BFB1A2BM18 MIMO8X1 FA1A2BFB1A2BM81 MIMO2X8 FA1A2BFB1A2BM28 MIMO8X2 A1A2BFB1A2BM82 MIMO2X1 FA1A2BFB1A2BM21 MIMO2X1X2 FA1A2BFB1A2BM212 MIMO2X2X1 FA1A2BFB1A2BM221 MIMO2X2X2 FA1A2BFB1A2BM222 MIMO2X1X3 FA1A2BFB1A2BM213 MIMO2X1X4 FALA2BFB1A2BM214 MIMO2X2X3 FA1A2BFB1A2BM223 MIMO2X3X1 FA1A2BFB1A2BM231 MIMO2X3X2 FA1A2BFB1A2BM232 MIMO2X4X1 FA1A2BFB1A2BM241 General Settings SCONfiguration SCONfiguration FADing SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator ROUTe MODE lt FadConfig gt MIMO3X1X2 FA1A2BFB1A2BM312 MIMO3X2X1 FA1A2BFB1A2BM321 MIMO3X2X2 FA1A2BFB1A2BM322 MIMO4X1X2 FA1A2BFB1A2BMA12 MIMO4X2X FA1A2BFB1A2BMA21 MIMO4X2X2 FA1A2BFB1A2BMA22 SISO3X1X1 FAAFBB311 SISO4X1X1 FAAFBB411 SISO5X1X FAAFBB5 SISO6XIX FAAFBB611 SISO7X1X FAAFBB7 SISO8X1X1 FAAFBB811 MIMO2X2X4 FA1A2BFB1A2BM224 MIMO2X4X2 FA1A2BFB1A2BM242
74. SFN VHF Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Path 7 Profile Rayleigh GausDAB GausDAB GausDAB GausDAB GausDAB GausDAB Type Loss dB 0 13 18 22 26 31 32 Delay ns 0 100000 220000 290000 385000 480000 600000 LogNor off off off off off off off mal Corr with off off off off off off off Power 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio dB Freq 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio Speed 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 km h gt B unfaded or A gt A unfaded B gt B max paths Do not use Group 5 o Needs both Fading Boards combined i e Signal Routing A gt A max paths B A 9 WIMAX Standards A 9 1 SUI 1 omni ant 90 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMRice WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 15 20 WIMAX Standards Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Delay ns 0 400 900 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 6 0206 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 4 0 3 0 5 Speed km h 0 05 0 04 0 06 K fact 4 gt gt 10lg4 6 02 A 9 2 SUI 1 omni ant 75 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMRice WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 15 20 Delay ns 0 400 900 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 13 0103 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 4 0 3 0 5 Speed km h 0 05 0 04 0 06 A 9 3 SUI 1 30 ant 90 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMRice W
75. SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor EC PHASe SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor ED GAIN SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor ED PHASe SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor EE GAIN eee nnns SOUR e lt hw gt FSIMulatot MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor EE PHASE i sniesirisrsinsecansansiserne nii sasiga SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor EF GAIN essen nn SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor EF PHASe SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor EG GAIN esee SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor EG PHASe SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor EH GAIN sse SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor EH PHASe SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMMO TAP ch GVECtor FA GAIN eese enn SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor FA PHASe sse SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor FB GAIN essen SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor F B PHASe sss SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor FC GAIN essen en enne SOUR e lt hw gt FSIM latot MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor FC PHASE iisoisrrirssaraissorsiarisses nitasimamia SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor FD GAIN seen enne SOURce hw FSIMulator M
76. STATe lt SCWISubClustSta gt If the corresponding cluster is enabled enables the sub clusters Suffix di 1 3 sub cluster number Parameters lt SCWISubClustSta gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 Example SOURcel FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter2 TAP1 STATe 1 SOURcel FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter2 TAP1 SUBCluster2 STATe 1 Manual operation See State Sub Cluster on page 102 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter lt ch gt TAP lt st gt SUBCluster lt di gt GAIN Queries the resulting relative gain of an enabled sub cluster Return values lt SCWISubClusGain gt float Range 50 to 0 Increment 0 001 RST 0 Example SOURcel FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter2 TAP1 STATe 1 SOURce1 FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter2 TAP1 SUBCluster2 STATe 1 SOURce1 FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter2 GAIN 0 SOURce1 FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter2 TAP1 SUBCluster2 GAIN Response 5 299 Usage Query only Manual operation See Relative Gain dB lt Sub Cluster on page 102 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna MODeling STATe lt AntennaState gt Enables disables simulation of channel polarization Parameters lt AntennaState gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 Example see example Defining an antenna model on page 175 Manual operation See Channel Polarization State on page 106 SCME WINNER WINNER II and Antenna Model Settings SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna PATTern CATalog Queries the available predefined antenna patt
77. Shape Bell Shape tgn Indoor Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor Relative 8 2 5 3 5 7 9 5 74 6 7 Loss dB Delay ns 180 180 180 230 230 230 AoA 315 1 180 4 74 7 315 1 180 4 74 7 AS A 48 55 42 48 55 42 AoD 56 2 183 7 153 56 2 183 7 153 AS D 41 6 55 2 47 4 41 6 55 2 47 4 Speed 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 11 Path 12 Cluster 1 2 3 il 2 3 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn tgn Indoor Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor Indoor Relative 11 7 10 4 12 5 10 3 9 6 Loss dB Delay ns 280 280 280 330 330 330 AoA 315 1 180 4 74 7 315 1 180 4 74 7 AS A 48 55 42 48 55 42 AoD 56 2 183 7 153 56 2 183 7 153 AS D 41 6 55 2 47 4 41 6 55 2 47 4 Speed 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 km h Distribu Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace tion R amp S9SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Predefined Fading Settings Tap Path 13 Path 14 Cluster 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Profil Typ Bell Bell Bell Bell Bell Bell Bell Bell Shape Shape tgn Shape Shape Shape Shape Shape Shape tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn tgn tgn tgn tgn Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Relative 14 3 10 4 14 1 8 8 16 7 13 8 12 7 13 3 Loss dB Delay
78. Signal Routing and System Configuration in the R amp S SMW user manual Example In an 1x4x2 MIMO configuration there are 4 Tx and 2 Rx antennas The Tx Antenna Array consists of 4 antennas e if Antenna Polarization Slant Angle gt Horizontal Vertical these 4 antennas are placed in a row 4x1 array e if Antenna Polarization Slant Angle gt Cross Polarization 45 90 there are exact 2 columns and 1 row The Rx Antenna Array contains exact 2 antennas that can be distributed in one the following ways e if Antenna Polarization Slant Angle gt Horizontal Vertical in 2 columns and 1 row 2x1array e if Antenna Polarization Slant Angle gt Cross Polarization 45 90 there is exact 1 column and 1 row In both arrays a distance d may also exist between the cross polarized antenna ele ments Remote command SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna RX COLumn SIZE on page 180 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna TX ROWS SIZE on page 180 Horizontal Spacing Tx Rx Antenna Array Structure Sets the horizontal di physical distance between the antennas in the antenna array normalized by the wave length A It is calculated as follows dc Horizontal Spacing A where the wave length 7 c Frequency and c is the speed of light See also Antenna Modeling on page 98 Remote command SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna TX ESPacing HORizontal on page 181 SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenn
79. The figure 3 2 illustrates an example of two channel fading with three transmission paths taps per channel Fading channel Tx A Rx Tx B Fig 3 2 Example of two channel fading with three transmission paths each The R amp S SMW supports 20 fading paths per installed fading simulator Path group In this implementation a group of paths builds a path group Definition of Commonly Used Terms In the R amp S SMW the 20 fading paths are divided in 4 path groups Each group con sists of 3 fine delay and 2 standard delay paths Fading Profile The fading profile determines which transmission path or which radio hop is simulated The following is a list of the basic fading profiles implemented in the Fading Simulator e Static Path A static path is an unfaded signal that is a signal with constant amplitude and no Doppler shift though this signal can undergo attenuation loss or delay Constant Phase A suitable fading profile to simulate a reflection of an obstacle Simulated is a transmission signal with constant amplitude and no Doppler shift but with rotating phase e Pure Doppler A fading profile that simulates a direct transmission path on which Doppler shift is occurring due to movement of the receiver See Path 1 on the figure 3 1 Rayleigh A suitable fading profile to simulate a radio hop which arises as a result of scatter caused by obstacles in the signal path like buildings etc See also the conditions
80. Type WMRice WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 11 22 Delay ns 0 4000 10000 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off WIMAX Standards Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Power Ratio dB 3 0103 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 2 0 15 0 25 Speed km h 0 03 0 02 0 03 K 2 A 9 22 SUI 5 30 ant 50 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMRice WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 11 22 Delay ns 0 4000 10000 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 8 45098 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 2 0 15 0 25 Speed km h 0 03 0 02 0 03 K 7 A 9 23 SUI 6 omni ant 90 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMDopp WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 10 14 Delay ns 0 14000 20000 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 4 0 3 0 5 Speed km h 0 05 0 04 0 06 K 0 no Rice component WIMAX Standards A 9 24 SUI 6 omni ant 75 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMDopp WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 10 14 Delay ns 0 14000 20000 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 4 0 3 0 5 Speed km h 0 05 0 04 0 06 K 0 no Rice component A 9 25 SUI 6 omni ant 50 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMRice WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 10 14 Delay ns 0 14000 20000 LogNormal off off off
81. a given task In real applications one would rather reduce the examples to an appropriate subset of commands The programming examples have been tested with a software tool which provides an environment for the development and execution of remote tests To keep the example as simple as possible only the clean SCPI syntax elements are reported Non exe cutable command lines e g comments start with two characters At the beginning of the most remote control program an instrument p reset is recom mended to set the instrument to a definite state The commands RST and SYSTem PRESet are equivalent for this purpose CLS also resets the status registers and clears the output buffer The following commands specific to the fading simulator are described here General Seuss p 118 Bitty DEAM ES 139 RE M 143 e HighSpeed MAM nensaha akker tenten RN AR ANAGR 153 Moving Propagation Mm 157 e MIMO SUIS rn arten tee neerkeek e x ud 162 MIMO Vector Settlngs icis coenae ernestine 169 e TO Ee E 172 e SCME WINNER I WINNER II and Antenna Model Settings 175 e 2 Channel lnterferer ie rete teneor pert eee boa 182 e Oustom Fading PrONG 2 reir repe ee bekende 186 General Settings SOURcGeLEFSIMulator BYPass STAT ettet etre rete tecti 119 SOURce hw FSIMulator CONFiguration eise 119
82. activates the moving fading path for moving propagation Parameters State 0 1 OFF ON RST 1 Example FSIM MDEL STAT ON sets moving propagation FSIM MDEL MOV STAT ON activates the moving path for moving propagation Manual operation See State on page 63 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay MOVing VPERiod lt VPeriod gt This command sets the speed of the delay variation of the moving fading path for mov ing propagation A complete cycle comprises one pass through this Variation Period Moving Propagation Parameters lt VPeriod gt float Range 10 to 500 Increment 0 1 RST 157 Example FSIM MDEL MOV VPER 100 s sets the period for the delay variation to 100 s Manual operation See Variation Period on page 64 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay REFerence DELay Delay This command enters the delay of the reference path for moving propagation Parameters lt Delay gt float Range 0 to 40E 6 Increment 10E 9 RST 0 Example FSIM MDEL REF DEL 1E 5 sets the range to 10 us for the delay of the reference path Manual operation See Delay on page 63 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay REFerence LOSS lt Loss gt Sets the loss of the reference path for moving propagation Parameters lt Loss gt float Range 0 to 50 Increment 0 001 RST 0 Example FSIM MDEL REF LOSS 12 dB sets the insertion loss for the reference path
83. array See also Antenna Modeling on page 98 Antenna Polarization Slant Angle Tx Rx Antenna Array Structure Set the antenna element polarization slant angle Available are antenna elements with following polarizations horizontal polarization vertical polarization e cross polarization 45 The slant 45 antenna is an X configuration According to 3GPP TR 25 996 it is modeled as an ideal dipole with isotropic gain cross polarization 90 A graph displays the structure of the current antenna array See also Antenna Modeling on page 98 Remote command SOURCe FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna RX POLarization ANGLe on page 181 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna TX POLarization ANGLe on page 181 Number of Rows M Columns N Tx Rx Antenna Array Structure Sets the number of rows M and the number of columns N in the antenna array see Antenna Modeling on page 98 Note In this firmware version only one dimensional arrays are supported You can define the Horizontal Spacing between the antenna elements but the antenna elements are placed in one row i e Number of Rows 1 Antennas with co polarization use one antenna per column whereas antennas with cross polarization use two antennas per column The number of Tx and Rx antennas is set automatically according to the selected MxN MIMO configuration System Configuration gt LxMxN Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration See section
84. array elements n and m can be expressed as 2 JE e MO PASCO G G G Odd J PAS 2 G 0 d0 f PAS 9 G 0 d0 Dnm Where disthe antenna spacing between the two antenna elements Ais the wavelength of the signal PAS Q is the Power Azimuth Spectrum of the impinging signal G and G4 are the antenna radiation patterns characterized by a power gain for antenna elements n and m respectively Assuming that the transmitter and receiver sides as uncorrelated the total spatial channel correlation matrix can be computed by the Kroneker product of the of the two correlation matrices RszRg GRr e Polarization correlation matrix Rp The polarization of the system is described by three matrices channel polarization S and Bo Pr for the transmitter and receiver antenna array polarization respec tively It is assumed that the elements of the channel polarization matrix are uncorrelated For description of the related settings see chapter 6 3 4 1 SCME WINNER Settings on page 100 Channel Polarization Settings on page 106 e Tx Rx Antenna Array Structure on page 107 6 3 4 1 SCME WINNER Settings To access these setting 1 Enable a MIMO configuration See To enable a MIMO scenario on page 85 2 Select Fading gt Path Table gt Matrix Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration 3 Navigate to the required Tap and select Fading Correlation Matrix gt Matrix Mode gt SCME WIN
85. coefficients are available depends on the selected MIMO config uration e g any of the 2x2 4x2 and 3x2 MIMO configurations requires only one Rx correlation coefficient AB whereas there are six Rx correlation coefficients in case of 2x4 MIMO configuration Tx Correlation Coefficients Magnitude Real Enters the value for the real ratio part of the transmitter correlation p Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration The available Tx correlation coefficients depends on the selected MIMO mode Remote command For Data Format gt Magnitude Phase SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation TX ROW lt di gt COLumn lt st gt MAGNitude on page 165 For Data Format gt Real Imag SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch KRONecker CORRelation TX ROW lt di gt COLumn lt st gt REAL on page 166 Tx Correlation Coefficients Phase lmag Enters the value for the phase imaginary part of the transmitter correlation py The available Tx correlation coefficients depends on the selected MIMO mode Remote command For Data Format gt Ratio Phase SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation TX ROW lt di gt COLumn lt st gt PHASe on page 165 For Data Format gt Real Imag SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation TX ROW lt di gt COLumn lt st gt IMAGinary on page 165 Rx Correlation Coefficients Magnitude Real Enters the value for the
86. demonstrate the use of many commands and can usually be executed directly for test purposes Annex Reference material e List of remote commands Alphabetical list of all remote commands described in the manual e Index 1 2 Documentation Overview The user documentation for the R amp S SMW consists of the following parts e Getting Started printed manual Online Help system on the instrument incl Tutorials Documentation Overview e Documentation CD ROM with Getting Started Online help system Web Help and chm as a standalone help User Manuals for base unit and options Service manual Data sheet and product brochure Links to useful sites on the Rohde amp Schwarz internet Online Help The Online Help is embedded in the software It offers quick context sensitive access to the complete information needed for operation and programming The online help contains help on operating the R amp S SMW and all available options Getting Started The Getting Started is delivered with the instrument in printed form and in PDF format on the documentation CD It provides the information needed to set up and start work ing with the instrument Basic operations and typical signal generation examples are described Safety information is also included This manual is available in several languages You can download these documents from the Rohde amp Schwarz website on the R amp S SMW product page at http
87. displays the configured signal routing za gegen FH9OAeH O 5 To enable a multiple entities configuration select System Configuration gt Fading Baseband Configuration and enable for example a Mode Advanced b Entities Users Cells 4 Basebands Rx Antennas 2 Streams Tx Antennas 2 c BB Source Config Coupled Sources per Entity d Apply Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration 39e O M a P P e r Refer to chapter 6 3 Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration on page 87 for description on the provided MIMO Fading settings Refer to section Signal Routing and System Configuration in the R amp S SMW user manual for comprehensive description of the settings in the System Configuration dialog as well as information on how to define the I Q stream mapping connect external instruments etc To define the signal routing in MIMO mode In MIMO mode the signal routing is performed upon the selected MIMO configuration gt Configure the instrument for a MIMO scenario see To enable a MIMO scenario on page 85 The signal routing is fixed and depends on the selected MIMO configuration 6 3 Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration The MIMO Fading settings are available if a MIMO scenario is configured 1 Configure the instrument for a MIMO scenario see To enable a MIMO scenario on page 85 2 You can access the dialog for configuring the MIMO settings of all MIMO channel via eac
88. ect parce ne SOURce hw FSIMulator HS TRAN SPES d riran eenaa re aneen nnne nnne SOURceshw FSIMulator HS TRaib S TAT6 iter rice tete cene eo d dc e DER SOURce hw FSIMulator IGNore RFCHanges ESOURces lt hw gt FSlMulator ILOSs CSAMpleS nnen eeneenvenneenvennvenveneeenveneeenveneeenvenvennen 123 SOURcCeshw EFESIMulator EOSSs MOBDE tc rtt rnc ee tetto cce toeten eg neede 123 SOURceshws EFSIM latordEOSS EEOSS nit fi ert ron eit ii e et se En einn 123 SOURceshws FSIMulator el TEE 124 Ree ENEE ee Rei TR DEE 136 SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay ALL MOVing DELay VARiation eene 158 SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay ALL MOVing VPERiod x SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay CHANnel MODE essen nennen ii SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROupsst PATH ch ADELay eee 144 SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROupzsst PATH ch BDELay eene 144 SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROupzsst PATH ch CPHase eee 159 SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROupzsst PATH ch FDOPpDler ee 147 SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROupzsst PATH ch FRATIoO eene 148 SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROupsst PATH ch LOSS see 150 SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROupsst PATH ch PROFile sss 151 SOURce hw FSIMula
89. ee en betae 26 Save Fading RE EE 137 Save MIMO Elle E 164 SCM Distribution Service manual Sa i E EU Show Pati grape trot iet 51 Signal dedicated tO cot EA ten 29 Signal ROUND termineren ere sed 81 Slant angle Antenna polarization ennen nennen 107 Slant polarized antennas nnen nennen eenn 107 Spacing Spacing cross polarization Antenna MAY naer overeen erts eegene 108 Spacing horizontal Antenna AM AY unio rex ertsen tenten ERR e 108 Speed 2 Channel Interferer rna trenes 70 Birth Death hand lm Y MS mobile station edu cte 101 Pure Doppler AT Rayleigh 47 Rice Fading AT Speed unit 2 42 Speed Unit 129 Standard iteration oe ed ooo tirannen 27 Standard Delay eene 40 Standard Deviation sireisas ipei 51 Start Offset BINA DEA EEN 55 Start Seed ete ea eere en iA 121 State 2 Channel Interferer entree etre Birth Death Propagation Fading simulator Fading Simulator iiir a FAST rises HST Scenario 1 HST Scenario 3 Moving Path aaaeeeaa Moving Propagation Path delay Reference Path oen Standard E State MOVING Pathi ege ict ettet Store Fading settings Store Fading Settings Store MIMO Settings Summation Ratio A B eee T Ici mee vandan E 27 Test Case reference salen ptis 27 Eee EN
90. ferer fading Remote command SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer STATe on page 183 SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer REFerence MOVing STATe on page 186 Profile Selects the fading profile either for the reference path or the moving path to be used for 2 channel interferer fading Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator TCINterferer REFerence MOVing FDOPpler on page 185 Path Loss Sets the attenuation of either the reference path or moving path to be used for 2 chan nel interferer fading Remote command SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer REFerence MOVing LOSS on page 185 Two Channel Interferer Speed Rayleigh only Enters the speed v of the moving receiver The unit for entering the speed under Speed Unit can be chosen in the upper section of the menu The resulting Doppler shift is dependent on the speed v and the entered ratio of the actual Doppler shift to the set Doppler shift fp This ratio is determined in the Fre quency Ratio line The resulting Doppler frequency can be read off from the Res Doppler Shift line It may not exceed the maximum Doppler frequency If the speed is changed the resulting Doppler shift is automatically modified Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator TCINterferer SPEed on page 184 Freq Ratio Enters the ratio of the actual Doppler shift to the Doppler shift set with the Speed parameter Remote command SOURce hw FSIMulator TCIN
91. for download from the Rohde amp Schwarz website at http www rohde schwarz com appnotes Conventions Used in the Documentation Typographical Conventions The following text markers are used throughout this documentation Convention Description Graphical user interface ele All names of graphical user interface elements on the screen such as ments dialog boxes menus options buttons and softkeys are enclosed by quotation marks KEYS Key names are written in capital letters 1 3 2 1 3 3 Conventions Used in the Documentation Convention Description File names commands File names commands coding samples and screen output are distin program code guished by their font Input Input to be entered by the user is displayed in italics Links Links that you can click are displayed in blue font References References to other parts of the documentation are enclosed by quota tion marks Conventions for Procedure Descriptions When describing how to operate the instrument several alternative methods may be available to perform the same task In this case the procedure using the touchscreen is described Any elements that can be activated by touching can also be clicked using an additionally connected mouse The alternative procedure using the keys on the instrument or the on screen keyboard is only described if it deviates from the standard operating procedures The term se
92. gt J FSlMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH lt ch gt PRATIO nonnen eneen eenveneeeneennerneen 150 ESOURces lt hw gt J FSlMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH lt ch PROFilE none enen ennen 151 SOURce hw FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH ch RDELay s 152 SOURce hw FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH ch SPEed eene 152 SOURce lt hw gt FSlMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH lt ch gt STAT nonnen eeneeneenneenvenneeneeneen 153 SOURc sliw E FSIM lator DEE amp V DE E STAT6 ceti irte nre ret er Ec ta 153 SOURCE s lt hw gt FSlMulator a Ee e 121 SOURce hw FSIMulator FREQuency DE Tect niet treten aieas 128 SOURceshws EFESIM lator GEOBAE SEED ne fi deg acriter eir i o ble culate 121 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator HOP Ping MODE nnee eene niena ea arrie iabea 122 SOURce hw FSIMulator HSTRain DISTance MlNimum esee 154 SOURce hw FSIMulator HS TRAN DIS Tante STARU sinon 154 SOURce hw FSIMulator HSTRain DOWNIink FREQuency esee 156 TSOUlbce bwslF lMulatorHG Raim DOMWNlnk FbRE Ouencv GTATe n 156 SOURce shws E FSIMulator HSTRain FDOPpPIer annamensis erre dadde 155 ESOUReces lt hw gt J FSlMulator HSTRain KFACHOT nonnen eenen eenveneennveneeenveneeenvenverneeneenneenvenneenvenneenvenn 156 L SOUbRcechwzslk iMuatorHGTbRainPATHGTATe ediad 155 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator HSTRain PROF IG svn 2 2 22 criteri tr
93. lt Yaw_offset gt currently not used but reserved for future use lt Pitch_offset gt Angular shift of the antenna along the X Y Z axis of the Roll offset to the body Value in degrees az res Resolution of the columns in the data section value in degrees integer divider of 360 elev res Resolution of the rows in the data section value in degrees integer divider of 180 data Represents the power response of the antenna the power loss values are in dB between 0 and 40 The file has to contain for every pattern e 1 360 lt az res columns e 1 180 lt elev res gt rows Glossary Fading Simulator Specifications References Further Information Symbols 1 http www ist winner org 2 Laurent Schumacher et al Closed Form Expressions for the Correlation Coeffi cient of Directive Antennas Impinged by a Multimodal Truncated Laplacian PAS IEEE Transactions on wireless communications P 1351 1359 Vol 4 No 4 2005 3GPP 37 977 Verification of radiated multi antenna reception performance of User Equipment UE 3GPP TR 25 996 Spatial channel model for Multiple Input Multiple Output MIMO simulations TGac IEEE 802 11 09 0308r3 IEEE P802 11 Wireless LAN TGac Channel Model Addendum TGn IEEE 802 11 03 940r IEEE P802 11 Wireless LAN TGn Channel Models List of Commands SOURce FSIMulator BYPass S TATG aiite er eet me reso ec Herne etre d a 119 SoUlsceLlFSIMulator MR RE 136 SOURce FS
94. lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP on page 164 Copy To Next Copies the matrix values of the current tap to the next higher tap If the current tap is the last tap this button is disabled Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO COPY NEXT on page 163 Copy To All Copies the matrix values of the current tap all taps Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO COPY ALL on page 163 Next Displays the next tap relative to the current tap If the current tap is the last tap this button is disabled Remote command nea Matrix Mode Selects the input mode for the Rx and Tx correlation values Individual Allows entering the correlation values individually Kronecker Opens additional input fields for entering the Rx correlation and Tx correlation values see chapter 6 3 2 Kronecker Mode Correlation Coefficients on page 93 The matrix values are calculated automatically Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration AoA AoD Opens additional input fields for defining the Rx and TX correlation parameters based on the Spatial Channel Model SCM see chap ter 6 3 3 TGn TGac Channel Models Settings on page 96 The matrix values are calculated automatically SCME WIN Opens additional input fields for defining the parameters of the Spa NER tial Channel Model Extended SCME model see chapter 6 3 4 1 SCME WINNER Settings on page 100 The matrix values are calculated automatically Remote command
95. lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor GF PHASe SOURce hw FSIMulator MMO TAP ch GVECtor GG GAIN sese TSOUlbce hbwslESlMulatorMIMO TAb ch GVECiorGGPHAfe 172 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor GH GAIN essen nns SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor GH PHASe TSOUlbce bwslFS lMulsatorMIMO TAbP chz GVECiorHAGAIN nns SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor HA PHASe SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor HB GAIN essen SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor HB PHASe SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor HC GAIN sese SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor HC PHASe seen 172 SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor HD GAIN SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor HD PHASe SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor HE GAIN SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor HE PHASe sss 172 TSOUlbce bwslFS lMulatorMIMO TAbP chzGVE CiorHEGAIN nens 170 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor HF PHASe sse 172 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor HG GAIN sese 170 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor HG PHASe sse nenne 172 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor HH GAIN
96. mm A 12 2 Predefined Fading Settings real imagi real imagi real nary nary 0 0 0 47376 0 15167 O TAP 5 1 0 0 0 0 3907 0 0 1 0 0 0 3907 0 35347 0 0 1 0 0 0 39066 0 3535 0 TAP 6 1 0 0 0 0 3315 0 0 1 0 0 0 33153 0 41078 0 3315 0 41078 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 33153 0 4108 0 1 0 ITU Vehicular A 60 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 0 1 9 10 15 20 Delay ns 0 310 710 1090 1730 2510 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 dB Speed 60 60 60 60 60 60 km h Table 1 31 MIMO Parameter High Correlation real imagi real imagi real imagi real imagi nary nary nary nary TAP 1 1 0 0 2366 0 4312 0 6883 0 1211 0 2151 0 26814 0 2366 0 4312 1 0 0 1106 0 3254 0 6883 0 1211 0 6883 0 1211 0 1106 0 32545 1 0 0 2366 0 4312 0 2151 0 2681 0 6883 0 1211 0 2366 0 4312 1 0 TAP 2 1 0 0 1388 0 2343 0 3508 0 5926 0 09016 0 1644 0 1388 0 2343 1 0 0 1875 6E 05 0 3508 0 5926 0 3508 0 5926 0 1875 6E 05 1 0 0 1388 0 2343 0 09016 0 16445 0 3508 0 5926 0 1388 0 2343 1 0 SSS SN User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 244 R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 mm Predefined Fading Settings
97. multipath propagation and the propagation conditions which vary depending on the location and timing Birth Death Propagation In the Birth Death Propagation configuration the fading simulator simulates dynamic propagation conditions in conformity with the test case 3GPP 25 104 320 annex B4 Two paths are simulated which appear Birth or disappear Death in alternation at arbitrary points in time see chapter 4 6 Birth Death Propagation on page 52 Moving Propagation In the Moving Propagation configuration and number of Moving Channels set to One the fading simulator simulates dynamic prop agation conditions in conformity with the test case 3GPP TS25 104 annex B3 Two paths are simulated Path 1 has fixed delay while the delay of path 2 varies slowly in a sinusoidal fashion Two additional predefined moving propagation scenarios according to the 3GPP TS36 141 annex B 4 can configured the ETU200Hz Mov ing and the Pure Doppler Moving To configure one of this scenar ios for 3GPP or LTE select the corresponding item under Standard gt 3GPP or LTE gt Moving Propagation Note The moving propagation conditions enabled by selecting the Standard gt 3GPP or LTE gt Moving Propagation gt Ref Mov Chan nels are identical to the conditions configured by enabling of Moving Propagation Configuration and number of Moving Channels set to One See chapter 4 7 Moving Propagation on page 57 for mo
98. of Gm mette 285 e MM ets cece cies eters em emer 292 About this Manual 1 Preface 1 1 About this Manual This User Manual is a supplement to the user manual for the base unit and provides all the information specific to the Fading Simulator All general instrument functions and settings common to all applications and operating modes are described in the main R amp S SMW User Manual The main focus in this manual is on the provided settings and the tasks required to generate a signal The following topics are included e Welcome to the Fading Simulator R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 Introduction to and getting familiar with the option About the Fading Simulator Background information on basic terms and principles in the context of the signal generation Configuration and Settings A concise description of all functions and settings available to configure the signal generation with their corresponding remote control command the description is divided into several sections Fading Settings Signal Routing non MIMO Settings Multiple Input Multiple Output MIMO Summation Ratio A B e Remote Control Commands Remote commands required to configure and perform signal generation in a remote environment sorted by tasks Commands required to set up the instrument or to perform common tasks on the instrument are provided in the main R amp S SMW User Manual Programming examples
99. of the Paths 2 and 3 on the figure 3 1 The resulting received amplitude varies over time The probability density function for the magnitude of the received amplitude is characterized by a Rayleigh distribu tion This fading spectrum is Classical e Rice A fading profile that simulates a Rayleigh radio hop along with a strong direct sig nal i e applies a combination of distributed and discrete components see fig ure 3 1 The probability density of the magnitude of the received amplitude is characterized by a Rice distribution The fading spectrum of an unmodulated signal involves the superimposition of the classic Doppler spectrum Rayleigh with a discrete spectral line pure Doppler The ratio of the power of the two components Rayleigh and pure Doppler is con figurable see parameter Power Ratio Example The figure 3 3 shows a baseband signal with QPSK modulation and a rectangular filter which was subjected to Rician fading one path As a result of the luminescence setting on the oscilloscope the variation in phase and amplitude of the constellation points caused by the fader is clearly visible R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 About the Fading Simulator mm 3 4 Fig 3 3 Effect of a Rician fading on a baseband signal with QPSK modulation MIMO correlation models The R amp S SMW supports the following ways to simulate spatial correlated MIMO chan nels by description of transmit and receive correlation mat
100. page 160 Variation Period Moving Path Settings Period duration for delay variation A complete variation cycle is passed through in this time Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay MOVing VPERiod on page 160 4 7 3 2 All Moving Channels gt To access the settings for configuring the moving path groups and their paths per form one of the following a select Fading gt Standard gt LTE gt Moving Propagation gt ETU200Hz Moving b select Fading gt Standard gt LTE gt Moving Propagation gt Pure Doppler Mov ing c select Fading gt Configuration gt Moving Propagation and Moving Channels gt All The number and the parameters of the predefined paths depend on the selected scenario Two Channel Interferer Fading A x Table Settings Copy Path Group MEME 2 3 copy e The most parameters in the Path Table correspond to the parameters described in chapter 4 4 Path Table on page 40 Delay Variation Peak Peak Enters the range for the delay of the moving fading paths for moving propagation with all moving channels The delay of the moving path slowly varies sinusoidal within this range around the set mean delay Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay ALL MOVing DELay VARiation on page 158 Variation Period Period duration for delay variation A complete variation cycle is passed through in this time Remote c
101. real ratio part of the receiver correlation ole The available Rx correlation coefficients depends on the selected MIMO mode Remote command For Data Format gt Magnitude Phase SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch KRONecker CORRelation RX ROW lt di gt COLumn lt st gt MAGNitude on page 165 For Data Format Real Imag SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch KRONecker CORRelation RX ROW lt di gt COLumn lt st gt REAL on page 166 Rx Correlation Coefficients Phase Imag Enters the value for the phase imaginary part of receiver correlation p The available Rx correlation coefficients depends on the selected MIMO mode Remote command For Data Format Ratio Phase SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch KRONecker CORRelation RX ROW lt di gt COLumn lt st gt PHASe on page 165 For Data Format Real Imag SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation RX ROW lt di gt COLumn lt st gt IMAGinary on page 165 Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration 6 3 3 TGn TGac Channel Models Settings TGn and TGac channel models are specified for the evaluation of IEEE 802 11n and IEEE 802 11ac systems respectively These channel models are based on the so called rays which are defined at the BS and MS side by their AoA Angle of Arrival and the AoD Angle of Departure The rays are distributed according to the selected statistic function and angle spread AS In this implementation one fa
102. sese 170 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor HH PHASe sese 172 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor PRESet sse ener 168 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation RX ROW lt di gt GCOLunrsst IMAQGitlary crt erm nerd p rene tee verbs intentie xr e nen ee egens 165 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation RX ROW lt di gt COLUM MSS E 165 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation RX ROW lt di gt ITT e 165 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation RX ROW lt di gt Il Tu E 166 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation TX ROW lt di gt COLUM MsSt IMAG IMANY e 165 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation TX ROW lt di gt GOLumnsst E rrr re tnr i erre gro D a er Ee oe YR YER NK ERE RE EXE cosa daneen EXE Oed 165 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation TX ROW lt di gt COlumissi gt dulci 165 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation TX ROW lt di gt COPUMMSSt AREAL os aes 166 ESOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAPs lt ch gt MATRix ACCept nnen eennerennenenenennereneeeneennvenn 166 SOURce hw FSIMu
103. the selected cluster Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter lt ch gt ARRival SPRead on page 178 Distribution Select one of the Power Azimuth Spectrum PAS distributions to determine the distri bution of the selected cluster All clusters of the same tap must have the same distribu tion Tip Use this parameter to simulate rays scattered due to obstacles with different sur face see also chapter 8 8 TGn Settings on page 172 Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter lt ch gt DISTribution on page 178 Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration 6 3 4 2 Channel Polarization and Antenna Modeling Settings To access the Antenna Modeling dialog 1 Enable a MIMO configuration e g a 2x2 MIMO scenario See To enable a MIMO scenario on page 85 2 Select Fading gt Path Table gt Matrix 3 Navigate to the required Tap and select Fading Correlation Matrix gt Matrix Mode gt SCME WINNER 4 Select Fading Correlation Matrix gt Polarization Antenna Model A hannel Polarization Off a Vertical Cross Polarization Power Ratio 9 000 Horizontal Cross Polarization Power Ratio 9 000 5 Select Tx Antenna Array Structure and configure a base station BS antenna polarization e g e Slant Angle Cross 45 e Cross Polarization Antenna Spacing 0 A Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration Antenna Model A 6 Select Rx A
104. value of the delay range The maximum delay is defined by the min imum delay the delay grid and the number of possible hop positions Max Delay Positions 1 x Delay Grid Min Delay The mean delay offset is calculated from the minimum and maximum delay max delay min delay 2 Fading A X en Insertion Loss Config Coupled Parameters Pain Table Static Path Rayleigh Pure Doppler Rice Gauss Doppler Gauss DAB Path Loss dB nb nns Delay ps The table 4 2 lists the default values for Birth Death Propagation However these parameters can also be set for further tests in the fading path table User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 53 Birth Death Propagation 191 000 Oms 0 000 mh El Profile Displays the fading profile for birth death propagation The fading profile has a fixed setting to Pure Doppler A transmission path is simulated in which there is an individual direct connection from the transmitter to the moving receiver discrete component The Doppler frequency shift is determined by the Speed and Frequency Ratio parameters Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath PATH lt ch gt PROFile on page 140 Path Loss Enters the loss for the selected path Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath PATH lt ch gt LOSS on page 140 Min Delay Enters the minimum delay for t
105. with off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 dB Frequency Hz Possible frequency values are 5 Hz or 70 Hz A 10 4 ETU Extended Typical Urban Table 1 24 3GPP TR36 803 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 1 1 1 0 0 Delay ns 0 50 120 200 230 LogNormal off off off off off Corr with off off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 dB Frequency Hz Path 6 Path 7 Path 8 Path 9 Path 10 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 3 5 7 Delay ns 500 1600 2300 5000 LogNormal off off off off Corr with off off off off A 10 5 A 10 6 A 10 7 A 10 8 A 10 9 A 11 A 11 1 LTE MIMO Standards Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 dB Frequency Hz Possible frequency values are 70 Hz or 300 Hz MBSFN Propagation Channel Profile 5 Hz See chapter A 6 13 3GPP MBSFN Propagation Channel Profile 18 Path on page 211 All fading paths use Frequency 5 Hz and Speed 5 4 km h HST1 Open Space See chapter A 14 1 HST1 Open Space HST1 Open Space DL UL on page 250 HST3 Tunnel Multi Antennas See chapter A 14 3 HST3 Tunnel Multi Antennas HST3 Tunnel Multi Antennas DL UL on page 251 ETU 200Hz Moving See chapter A 15 2 ETU 200Hz Moving UL Timing Adjustment Scenar
106. 0 0 0 0 Delay ns 0 3200 6400 9600 12800 16000 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 60 60 60 60 60 60 A 2 7 GSM ET100 EQ100 6 Path Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 0 0 0 0 0 Delay ns 0 3200 6400 9600 12800 16000 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 100 100 100 100 100 100 R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Predefined Fading Settings A 2 8 GSM TU3 12 Path Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 4 3 0 2 6 3 5 Delay ns 0 LogNormal off off off off Corr with off off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 3 3 3 3 Path 7 Path 8 Path 9 Path 10 Path 11 Path 12 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 7 5 6 5 8 6 11 10 Delay ns 1300 LogNormal off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 3 3 3 3 3 3 A 2 9 GSM TU50 12 Path Path
107. 0 200 500 1600 2300 5000 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Predefined Fading Settings A 4 2 PCN TU50 6 Path Same as GSM TU50 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 3 0 2 6 8 10 Delay ns 0 200 500 1600 2300 5000 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 50 50 50 50 50 50 A 4 3 PCN HT100 6 Path Same as GSM Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 1 5 4 5 7 5 8 17 7 Delay ns 0 100 300 500 15000 17200 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 100 100 100 100 100 100 A 4 4 PCN RA130 6 Path Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Type Rice Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 4 8 12 16 20 Delay ns 0 100 200 300 400 500 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio dB 6 47 0 0 0 0 0
108. 0 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 km h WLAN Standards Corresp to a typical office environment for NLOS conditions and an average rms delay spread of 50ns A 7 2 WLAN HyperLan 2 Model B Path 1 Path2 Path3 Path4 Path5 Path6 Path7 Paths Path9 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss 2 6 3 3 5 3 9 0 1 3 2 6 3 9 3 4 dB Delay 0 10 20 30 50 80 110 140 180 ns LogNor off off off off off off off off off mal Corr off off off off off off off off off with Power 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio dB Freq 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio Speed 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 km h Path 10 Path 11 Path 12 Path 13 Path 14 Path 15 Path 16 Path 17 Path 18 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss 5 6 7 7 9 9 12 1 14 3 15 4 18 4 20 7 24 6 dB Delay 230 280 330 380 430 490 560 640 730 ns LogNor off off off off off off off off off mal Corr off off off off off off off off off with Power 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio dB Freq 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio Speed 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 km h Corresp to a typical large open space and office environments for NLOS conditions and an average rms delay spread of 100
109. 14 A to A B to B Dual channel fading The fading signal from fader A is output on baseband path A and the fading signal from fader B is output on baseband path B The R amp S SMW can be operated like two instruments two independ ently configured signals are routed to the instrument s output This configuration is also suitable for transmit or receive diversity tests e Use the signal of one of the baseband generators to simulate the receiving conditions of a receiver with two antennas like a high quality car radio UMTS base station etc Correlate the paths of the two fading simulators i e the two fad ing channels to simulate the conditions of receiver with two antennas which receive statistically correlated signals like a car with two antennas in which the two received signals exhibit a cer tain degree of correlation due to a similar environment such as an underpass hill etc A to A B to A Dual channel fading The fading signal from fader A and the fading signal from fader B are both output on baseband path A This configuration is suitable for the simulation of a mobile radio net work handover in the handheld device or for testing of filtering out the own signal in case of simultaneous presence of a strong signal from another standard To simulate the required conditions configure each of the baseband signals according to the desired standard and route them to the fading simulator After fading the two signals with wi
110. 145 Lognormal State Switches lognormal fading on off slow fading Simulated is an additional slow fluctuation of the received amplitude of a moving receiver This can occur due to peculiarities in the landscape or topography e g when driving through a depression Lognormal fading has a multiplicative effect on the path loss The multiplication factor is time variable and logarithmically normally distributed If a Rayleigh profile is set simultaneously what we obtain is Suzuki fading Note Since the slow level fluctuation is not taken into account statistically in the com putation of the insertion loss the output power can deviate from the displayed power Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt LOGNormal STATe on page 150 Local Constant Enters the Local Constant for lognormal fading The Local Constant L and the speed v of the moving receiver determine the limit fre quency f for lognormal fading f W L The power density spectrum of an unmodulated carrier consists of a discrete spectral line at fac and a frequency dependent continuous component for which the following applies f fr S f const e 9 fr The lower setting limit is a function of the virtual RF frequency fre and is calculated as follows R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Fading Settings mm 4 5 Lmin 12 109 fae Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL
111. 16 TAP17 TAP18 TAP19 TAP20 RST TAP1 Example SORcel FSIMulator MIMO TAP TAP15 Manual operation See Current Path Tap on page 92 R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Remote Control Commands nn SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation RX ROW lt di gt COLumn lt st gt IMAGinary lt Imaginary gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation TX ROW lt di gt COLumn lt st gt IMAGinary lt Imaginary gt Sets the value for the imaginary part of the receiver transmitter correlation Note In case that the values for the real part and the imaginary part are both set to 0 the phase value will also be set to 0 when changing the data format Parameters lt Imaginary gt float Range 1 to 1 Increment 0 001 RST 0 Example SOURcel FSIMulator MIMO TAP2 KRONecker CORRelation TX ROW1 COLumn2 IMAGinary 0 5 sets the imaginary part of the Tx correlation AB to 0 5 Options up to 4xR amp S SMW B14 and R amp S SMW K74 Manual operation See Tx Correlation Coefficients Phase Imag on page 95 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation RX ROW lt di gt COLumn lt st gt PHASe lt Phase gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation TX ROW lt di gt COLumn lt st gt PHASe lt Phase gt Sets the value for the phase of the receiver transmitter correlation Note In case that the values for the real part and
112. 192 A2 GSM ET50 EQBO 6 Path niin tree tecti ta ick duct t Rb ke e ER eR CERA d a 192 A 2 6 GSM ET60 EQ60 6 Path anneer ennen eene 193 A 2 7 GSM ET100 EQ100 6 Path 193 A28 GSM UE ET EE 194 A29 GSM TUS5O 12 EE 194 A210 GSMHTT1200 12 Path iunc sere eetset ent db et deden ite aM p e 195 nonu I nnee 195 A3 NADC Standards nne ia tid uei x re eda nienke rer Seen 196 ASA NADG E TT 196 A 3 2 NADC 50 2 Path idet ihi aant t ri ut ER kd ee EE ette aardman REA E 196 A 3 3 AA AA A42 A 4 3 A 4 4 A 4 5 A 4 6 A 4 7 A 4 8 A 4 9 A 4 10 A 5 A 5 1 A 5 2 A 5 3 A 5 4 A 5 5 A 5 6 A 5 7 A 5 8 A 6 A 6 1 A 6 2 A 6 3 A 6 4 A 6 5 A 6 6 A 6 7 A 6 8 A 6 9 A 6 10 A 6 11 NADGC 100 2 PAR ders 197 PCN Standard e 197 PCN TUT 5 6 Path eroi ende Dres Code Da were EEN 197 PEN TU5O 6 Path inen drei re de ober ias Dove uae d nea 198 lge plage EE 198 PON RATSO 6 Palli nie tr reete rrt eene iedereen 198 PCN IET50 EQBO 6 Path sn sns rite ert eie e er trii 199 PCN ET60 EQ60 6 Pall rire netta tnt tern cn 199 PCN IET100 EQ 100 6 Path eerte nn enn n te ros 200 PONTUS 12 Palli render d ede eto td d reed were hee 200 PON TUSO 12 E 201 PCNIHTT100 12 Path irit rie dennie 201 TETRA Standards eiiis ense ear sa iu ua Dua aai Exe a E Ra SEENEN 202 TETRA TU5O 2 Palh 4 2 rre re et oe d tn 202 TETRATU5
113. 20 e BB Gain gt 3 BB Phase gt 350 Resulting simulation 2dB 45 AA Set to Unity Presets the vector matrix to an unitary matrix Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor PRESet on page 168 Gain Defines the relative gain of the selected path 6 4 Bypassing a Deactivated Fading Simulator A gain value of 0 dB means no loss and e g 3 dB is loss in this path Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor AA GAIN on page 169 for the correct syntax of the SCPI command of the other paths refer to the command description Phase Defines the phase shift of the selected path Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor AA PHASe on page 170 for the correct syntax of the SCPI command of the other paths refer to the command description Bypassing a Deactivated Fading Simulator To access this setting proceed as follow 1 Enable Fading gt Signal Routing MIMO gt System Configuration gt Mode gt Advanced 2 Select Fading gt Off 3 Select Fading gt Bypass if Fading Off gt On Fading Fading Settings Bypass if Fading Off Signal Routing MIMO System Configuration The fading simulator is disabled and the input basebands bypass it Impact of the parameter on the calculation of the output streams The parameter determines the way the output streams are ca
114. 34 Troubleshooting Enable Bypass if Fading Off Tutorials cesses aetatis dus REI Antena E U UL Timing Adjustment sanne 60 User manual 2 5 irn e tete dean ccs 12 V Variation Period Moving Path an sean ntm ree Variation Period Moving Path Velocity MS mobile Station itte tcr 101 Virtual le le BEE 79 Virtual profile S Virtual RE frequeriGy E 32 Ww Mose eenn 13 X XPR Ventieal h rnizontal ged ottenere 106
115. 42 5 36 1 42 5 Speed 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 9 Path 10 Cluster 1 2 3 1 2 3 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indoor tgn Indoor Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor Relative 9 8 7 1 7 9 11 7 9 9 9 6 Loss dB Delay ns 180 180 180 230 230 230 AoA 163 7 251 8 80 163 7 251 8 80 AS A 35 8 41 6 37 4 35 8 41 6 37 4 AoD 105 6 293 1 61 9 105 6 293 1 61 9 AS D 36 1 42 5 38 36 1 42 5 38 Speed 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Predefined Fading Settings Tap Path 11 Path 12 Cluster 1 2 3 1 2 3 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indoor tgn Indoor Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor Relative 13 9 10 3 14 2 16 1 14 3 13 8 Loss dB Delay ns 280 280 280 330 330 330 AoA 163 7 251 8 80 163 7 251 8 80 AS A 35 8 41 6 37 4 35 8 41 6 37 4 AoD 105 6 293 1 61 9 105 6 293 1 61 9 AS D 36 1 42 5 38 36 1 42 5 38 Speed 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 km h Distribution Laplace Lapla
116. 48 TxEVDO Chan 3 Bd 5 a DEE 248 gp iusole u 249 1xEVDO Chan AAR 5 11 n en e fer cited nennen draden 249 jo iudBolejmEc m M 249 1xEVDO Chan 5 Bd 5 11 mee eei d e erg Fees vr da 250 3GPP LTE High Speed Traih encore tenue nne nnn han nte n une ca nnam a Rua 250 HST1 Open Space HST1 Open Space DL UL eeen eneen neren 250 HST2 Tunnel Leaky Cable HST2 Tunnel Leaky Cable DL UL 251 HST3 Tunnel Multi Antennas HST3 Tunnel Multi Antennas DL UL 251 3GPP LTE Moving Propagation nanne non onnenne ner enennerenennennenenensnneererenennenenennnnen 252 Reference Moving Chanel eade deua e e a t d EE 252 ETU 200Hz Moving UL Timing Adjustment Scenario 1 252 Pure Doppler Moving UL Timing Adjustment Scenario 21 253 SCME Channel Models for MIMO OTA eene enn nnn 254 SCME Urban Micro Cell Channel UMi 3 and 30 km h nnen eenen 254 SCME Urban Macro Cell Channel UMa 3 and 30 km h nnen eenen 255 Watterson Standards eccoiiiieeecciie eene ice nasse ANKENN ONNENN TASEME NEENA 256 Watterson Mesnine A 256 SPEM CB 257 AA7 3 Watterson ME EE 257 A 18 3802 11n SISO Standards lere ceee Leere ccce eee
117. 5 CDMA 3 30km h 1 Path Table 1 3 C S0011 A_MS_Minimum_Performance_Spec pdf Path 1 Profile Type Rayleigh Loss dB 0 Delay ns 0 LogNormal off Correlated with off Power Ratio dB 0 Freq Ratio 0 Speed km h 30 also with 58km h in band class 5 CDMA Standards A 1 4 CDMA 4 100km h 3 Path Table 1 4 C S0011 A_MS_Minimum_Performance_Spec pdf Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 0 3 Delay ns 0 2000 14500 LogNormal off off off Correlated with off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 Speed km h 100 100 100 also with 192km h in band class 5 A 1 5 CDMA 5 Okm h 2 Path Table 1 5 C S0011 A_MS_Minimum_Performance_Spec pdf Path 1 Path 2 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 0 Delay ns 0 2000 LogNormal off off Correlated with off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 Speed km h 0 0 A 1 6 CDMA 6 3km h 1 Path Table 1 6 C S0011 A_MS_Minimum_Performance_Spec pdf Path 1 Profile Type Rayleigh Loss dB 0 Delay ns 0 LogNormal off Correlated with off GSM Standards Power Ratio dB 0 Freq Ratio 0 Speed km h 3 A 2 GSM Standards A 2 1 GSM TU3 6 Path Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Typ
118. 7 0 Delay ns 12490 12520 12640 12800 12860 13580 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 dB Frequency 3 3 3 3 3 3 Hz A 6 14 A 6 15 3GPP Standards Table 1 13 3GPP 3GPP TS 36 521 1 respectivelly TS36 101 V9 8 0 Cont Path 13 Path 14 Path 15 Path 16 Path 17 Path 18 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 20 0 21 5 21 4 23 6 20 6 27 0 Delay ns 27490 27520 27640 27800 27860 28580 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 dB Frequency 3 3 3 3 3 3 Hz 3GPP Birth Death 3GPP TS 25 101 V6 2 0 2003 09 annex B2 4 Path 1 Path 2 Profile Type Static Static Loss dB 0 0 Delay ns 0 10us 0 10us LogNormal off off Corr with off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 Freq Ratio 1 1 Speed km h 0 0 Dwell 191ms Mean Offset 5 us 3GPP TUx Table 1 14 3GPP TS 25 943 V5 1 0 2002 06 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 7 6 10 1 10 2 5 7 16 3 Delay ns 217 512 514 0 1230 LogNormal off off off off off R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Predefined Fading Settings me Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Corr with off off off off
119. 7 4 27 4 27 4 27 4 27 4 27 4 Speed 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 7 Path 8 Path 9 Path 10 Path 11 Cluster 1 2 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr Relative 5 2 6 1 6 9 7 8 9 6 6 Loss dB Delay ns 60 70 80 90 110 110 AoA 158 9 158 9 158 9 158 9 158 9 320 2 AS A 27 7 27 7 27 7 27 7 27 7 31 4 AoD 332 1 332 1 332 1 332 1 332 1 49 3 AS D 27 4 27 4 27 4 27 4 27 4 32 1 Speed 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace 08 ee User Manual 1175 6826 02 272 R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Predefined Fading Settings Tap Path 12 Path 13 Path 14 Cluster 1 2 1 2 1 2 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr Indorr tgn Indorr Relative 11 1 9 5 13 7 12 1 16 3 14 7 Loss dB Delay ns 140 140 170 170 200 200 AoA 158 9 320 2 158 9 320 2 158 9 320 2 AS A 27 7 31 4 27 7 31 4 27 7 31 4 AoD 332 1 49 3 332 1 49 3 332 1 49 3 AS D 27 4 32 1 27 4 32 1 27 4 32 1 Speed 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089
120. 897 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 2 0 15 0 25 Speed km h 0 03 0 02 0 03 K 5 A 9 17 SUI 5 omni ant 90 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMDopp WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 5 10 Delay ns 0 4000 10000 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 2 0 15 0 25 Speed km h 0 03 0 02 0 03 K 0 no Rice component A 9 18 SUI 5 omni ant 75 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMDopp WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 5 10 Delay ns 0 4000 10000 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 2 0 15 0 25 Speed km h 0 03 0 02 0 03 K 0 no Rice component WIMAX Standards A 9 19 SUI 5 omni ant 50 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMRice WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 5 10 Delay ns 0 4000 10000 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 3 0103 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 2 0 15 0 25 Speed km h 0 03 0 02 0 03 K 2 A 9 20 SUI 5 30 ant 90 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMDopp WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 11 22 Delay ns 0 4000 10000 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 2 0 15 0 25 Speed km h 0 03 0 02 0 03 K 0 no Rice component A 9 21 SUI 5 30 ant 75 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile
121. AXB The faded modulation signal of fader B is placed on baseband path B FAMAXAB The faded modulation signal of fader A is placed on baseband paths A and B FBMAXAB Example Options Manual operation General Settings The faded modulation signal of fader B is placed on baseband paths A and B FA1A2BFB1A2B FA1A2BFB1A2BM22 FAAFBB811 sets a MIMO mode FSIM ROUT FA1A2BFB1A2BM24 selects a 1x2X4 MIMO configuration LxMxN configurations with L gt 2 require option R amp S SMW K76 higher order MIMO configurations require option R amp S SMW K75 See Signal Routing on page 81 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator SDEStination lt SDestination gt Defines the frequency to that the signal of the whole Fader block is dedicated Parameters lt SDestination gt Example Manual operation RF BB RF The Doppler shift is calculated based on the actual RF fre quency that is dynamically estimated To query the estimated dedicated frequency use the command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator FREQuency To query the output connector use the command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator FREQuency DETect on page 128 BB Set the fader frequency manually by means of the command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator FREQuency RST RF see SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator FREQuency on page 121 See Signal Dedicated To on page 29 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator FREQuency DETect Queries the output interfa
122. Bell Bell Bell Bell Bell Bell Bell Bell Shape tgn Shape Shape Shape Shape tgn Shape Shape Shape Indorr tgn tgn tgn Indorr tgn tgn Indorr tgn Indorr Indorr Indorr Indorr Indorr Relative 22 9 19 9 22 8 20 6 22 4 20 5 20 7 24 6 Loss dB Delay ns 490 490 490 490 560 560 640 730 AoA 163 7 251 8 80 182 251 8 182 182 182 AS A 35 8 41 6 37 4 40 3 41 6 40 3 40 3 40 3 AoD 105 6 293 1 61 9 275 7 293 1 275 7 275 7 275 7 AS D 36 1 42 5 38 38 7 42 5 38 7 38 7 38 7 Speed 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 km h Distribu Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace tion A 20 6 Model F R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 eeen Predefined Fading Settings Tap Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Cluster 1 2 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Moving tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr Vehicle Relative 3 3 3 6 3 9 4 2 4 6 1 8 Loss dB Delay ns 0 10 20 30 50 50 AoA 315 1 315 1 315 1 315 1 315 1 180 4 AS A 48 48 48 48 48 55 AoD 56 2 56 2 56 2 56 2 56 2 183 7 AS D 41 6 41 6 41 6 41 6 41 6 55 2 Speed 0 089 0 089 40 0 089 0 089 0 089 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 6 Path 7 Path 8
123. Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor Relative 0 2 1 4 3 6 5 8 6 10 8 Loss dB Delay ns O 10 20 30 40 50 AoA 290 3 290 3 290 3 290 3 290 3 290 3 AS A 24 6 24 6 24 6 24 6 24 6 24 6 AoD 13 5 13 5 13 5 13 5 13 5 13 5 AS D 24 7 24 7 24 7 24 7 24 7 24 7 Speed 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 7 Path 7 Path 8 Path 8 Path 9 Path 9 Cluster 1 2 1 2 1 2 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor Relative 13 5 15 2 7 2 17 3 9 3 Loss dB Delay ns 60 60 70 70 80 80 AoA 290 3 332 3 290 3 332 3 290 3 332 3 AS A 24 6 22 4 24 6 22 4 24 6 22 4 AoD 13 5 56 4 13 5 56 4 13 5 56 4 AS D 24 7 22 5 24 7 22 5 24 7 22 5 User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 260 802 11n MIMO Standards A 19 4 Tap Path 7 Path 7 Path 8 Path 8 Path 9 Path 9 Speed 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 10 Path 10 Path 11 Path 12 Path 13 Path 14 Cluster 1 2 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indoor Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor Relati
124. Delay ns 0 100 200 300 400 500 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed 120 120 120 120 120 120 km h DAB Standards A 8 3 DAB TU 12 Tabs Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 4 3 0 2 6 Delay ns 0 100 300 500 LogNormal off off off off Corr with off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed 25 25 25 25 25 25 km h Path 7 Path 8 Path 9 Path 10 Path 11 Path 12 Profile Gaus1 Gaus1 Gaus2 Gaus2 Gaus2 Gaus2 Type Loss dB 7 5 6 5 8 6 11 10 Delay ns 1300 1700 2300 3100 3200 5000 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio O 0 0 0 0 0 Speed 25 25 25 25 25 25 km h Tap 6 S d 1 0 0 1 A 8 4 DAB TU 6 Tabs Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Gaus1 Type Loss dB 3 0 2 6 Delay ns 0 200 500 1600 LogNormal off off off off Corr with off off off off WIMAX Standards Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed 25 25 25 25 25 25 km h Tap 3 S d 1 0 0 1 A 8 5 DAB
125. E ue 26 Delete Fading Setlinigs coerente eaa 137 Direction of travel MS mobile station ene 102 PMN eenen sce 76 Documentation OVervieW sauce eost rne rne cenas 11 Doppler shift POU A 49 PRESUMING ciere Eege deeg 48 DoT MS mobile station AAA 102 Downlink frequency Ena blitrig E Virtual value E Estimation Dedicated frequenGy ene tian tte 29 F Fader frequency Auto estimate 2 critt n aaeain 29 Automatic Estimation fault 2 cci nete cc ino eai 29 DUET 29 Fading Correlation matrix sosser musseri chia tree cac 87 Fading settings Delet 26 Fading simulator state Fading Simulator State samen in retirer rnnt rete 135 Fine Delay Araneidae attente 40 Flat Doppler E P 79 Frequency Higher CUEOfF uten pierre tn resti ee 79 Re 79 OEE 79 Frequency estimation FAU inn veren Frequency hopping mode Frequency UO modulator Frequency Ratio 2 Channel Interferer Birth Death Ge Le le EE G Gain Vector PE 112 170 phase 113 171 preset 112 168 Getting stated EE 12 Grid Birth Death iet eee ies 55 H High speed train Description an rer e rr eres 71 Scenarios ed High speed train state tmm rne 76 Hopping Dwell Binh
126. FSIMulator BIRThdeath FRATio 0 5 SOURcel FSIMulator BIRThdeath PATH1 FDOPpler ACTual 46 33 See Speed on page 57 SOURce hw FSIMulator BIRThdeath FRATio lt FRatio gt Sets the ratio of the actual Doppler frequency to the set Doppler frequency with birth death propagation fading Parameters lt FRatio gt Example Manual operation float Range 1 to 1 Increment 0 0001 RST 1 see SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath SPEed on page 141 See Frequency Ratio on page 57 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath PATH lt ch gt FDOPpler Queries the resulting Doppler frequency with birth death propagation Return values lt FDoppler gt Example Usage Manual operation float Range 0 to 1000 Increment 0 01 RST 0 see SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath SPEed on page 141 Query only See Resulting Doppler Shift on page 57 8 3 Delay Modes SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath PATH lt ch gt FDOPpler ACTual Queries the actuial Doppler frequency Return values lt ActDoppler gt float Range 1600 to 1600 Increment 0 01 RST 0 Example see SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath SPEed on page 141 Usage Query only Manual operation See Actual Doppler Shift on page 57 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath STATe State This command selects the birth death propagation fa
127. H ch PROFile seen 140 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath POSItIONS nennen nennen eee neee enenen ennen neren 141 ESOURces lt hw gt J FSIMulator BIRThdeath SOFFset nnn essere 141 SOURce hw FSIMulator BIRThdeath SPEed sse nnne 141 SOURce hw FSIMulator BIRThdeath FRATio esses 142 ESOURces lt hw gt J FSIMulator BIRThdeath PATH lt ch gt FDOPpler nennen eneen 142 ESOURces lt hw gt J FSIMulator BIRThdeath PATH lt ch gt FDOPpler ACTual eneen 143 ESOURces lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath STATE nnn enenenenenenre erven eere enenenen nnee en 143 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath DELay GRID Grid Sets the delay grid for both paths with birth death propagation fading Parameters lt Grid gt float Range 1E 9 to dynamic Increment 1E 9 RST 1E 6 Example FSIM BIRT DEL GRID 0 00001 sets a delay grid of 10 us Manual operation See Delay Grid on page 55 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath DELay MINimum Minimum SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath DELay MAXimum Queries the minimum maximum delay for both paths with birth death propagation fad ing Return values lt Maximum gt float Range 0 to max Example Usage Manual operation Birth Death FSIM BIRT DEL MIN 0 000012 sets a minimum delay of 12 us FSIM BIRT DEL GRID 0 000002 sets a delay grid of 2 us FSIM B
128. High way NLOS R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Remote Control Commands Parameters lt Standard gt USER CDMA8 CDMA30 C1DMA30 CDMA100 CDMAO CDMA3 G6TU3 GTU3 G6TU50 GTU50 G6HT100 GHT100 GRA250 GET50 GET100 HL2A HL2B HL2C HL2D HL2E NADC8 NADC50 NADC100 P6TU1 PTU1 P6TU50 PTU50 PeHT100 PHT100 PRA130 PET50 PET100 TTU TBU THT T4ET G3C1 G3C2 G3C3 G3C4 G3UEC4 G3UEC5 G3UEC6 G3UEC7SE G3UEC7BE G3UEC8CQ G3UEPA3 G3UEPB3 G3UEVA30 G3UEVA120 G3TU3 G3TU50 G3TU120 G3HT120 G3RA120 G3RA250 BD1 MP1 DABRA04 DABRAO6 DABTU12 DABTUOG DABSFN WMSUI1A360P90 WMSUI1A360P75 WMSUI1A030P90 WMSUI1A030P75 WMSUI2A360P90 WMSUI2A360P75 WMSUI2A030P90 WMSUI2A030P75 WMSUI3A360P90 WMSUI3A360P75 WMSUI3A030P90 WMSUI3A030P75 WMSUI4A360P90 WMSUI4A360P75 WMSUI4A030P90 WMSUI4A030P75 WMSUI5A360P90 WMSUI5A360P75 WMSUI5A360P50 WMSUI5A030P90 WMSUI5A030P75 WMSUI5A030P50 WMSUI6A360P90 WMSUI6A360P75 WMSUI6A360P50 WMSUI6A030P90 WMSUI6A030P75 WMSUI6A030P50 WMITUOIPA WMITUOIPB WMITUVA60 TDU TDR WMITUVA120 GET60 G6HT120 G6HT200 GRA130 GRA300 GRA500 G6TU1P5 G6TU3P6 G6TU6 G6TU60 G6TU100 GHT120 GHT200 GTU1P5 GTU3P6 GTU6 GTU60 GTU100 LMEPASL LMEPASM LMEPASH LMEVASL LMEVASM LMEVA5H LMEVA70L LMEVA70M LMEVA70H LMETU70L LMETU7OM LMETU7OH LMET
129. IMO TAP ch GVECtor FD PHASe seen SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor FE GAIN seen nn TSOUlbce bwslES lMulatorMIMO TAb ch GVECiorFEPHAfe SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor FF GAIN esee nnns SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor FF PHASe sees SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor FG GAIN seen e SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor FG PHASe ESOURce lt hw gt J FSlMulator MIMO TAP lt ch GVECtor FH GAIN ennen nnns SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor FH PHASe senes SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMMO TAP ch GVECtor GA GAIN esee SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor GA PHASe SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor GB GAIN essen SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor GB PHASe SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor GC GAIN SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor GC PHASe SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor GD GAIN sees SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor GD PHASe SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor GE GAIN essen SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor GE PHASe SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor GF GAIN essen SOURce
130. IMulator MDELay REFerence LOSS nennen eneen ne enenenen nennen 161 TSOUbRcechuwzslFGlMuatorMDElL av RterenceGTaTe enne 161 TSOUbRcechwzslFSlMuator MDEL av STATe iaaa 162 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay ALL MOVing VPERiod lt VPeriod gt Sets the speed of the delay variation of the moving fading paths for moving propaga tion with all moving channels A complete cycle comprises one pass through this Var iation Period Moving Propagation Parameters lt VPeriod gt float Range 5 to 200 Increment 0 1 RST 25 Example FSIM CONF MDEL selects a moving propagation configuration FSIM MDEL CHAN MODE ALL enables all moving channels FSIM MDEL STAT ON activates the moving propagation for fader A FSIM MDEL ALL MOV VPER 50 s sets the period for the delay variation to 100 s Manual operation See Variation Period on page 65 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay ALL MOVing DELay VARiation lt Variation gt This command enters the range for the delay of the moving fading paths for moving propagation with all moving channels The delay of the moving path slowly varies sinusoidally within this range Parameters lt Variation gt float Range 0 3E 6 to 10E 6 Increment 10E 9 RST 5E 6 Example FSIM CONF MDEL selects a moving propagation configuration FSIM MDEL CHAN MODE ALL enables all moving channels FSIM MDEL STAT ON activates the moving propagation for fader
131. IMulator TCINterferer REFerence MOVing FRATio lt FRatio gt Sets the ratio of the actual Doppler frequency to the set Doppler frequency for the ref erence and moving path with 2 channel interferer fading Parameters lt FRatio gt float Range 1 to 1 Increment 0 0001 RST 0 Example see example Enabling a two channel interferer fading configu ration on page 182 Manual operation See Freq Ratio on page 70 SOURce lt hw gt FSiMulator TCINterferer REFerence MOVing LOSS lt Loss gt Seta the loss of the reference and moving path with 2 channel interferer fading Parameters lt Loss gt float Range 0 to 50 Increment 0 1 RST 0 Example see example Enabling a two channel interferer fading configu ration on page 182 Manual operation See Path Loss on page 69 8 11 Custom Fading Profile SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer REFerence MOVing PROFile lt Profile gt Sets the fading profile to be used for the reference and moving path with 2 channel interferer fading Parameters Profile SPATh PDOPpler RAYLeigh RST SPATh Example see example Enabling a two channel interferer fading configu ration on page 182 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator TCINterferer REFerence MOVing STATe State Activate the reference and moving path of the 2 channel interferer fading configuration The 2 channel interferer fading configuration and the fading simulator must be switched on separately see SOUR
132. IRT POS 9 sets 9 possible hop positions FSIM BIRT DEL MAX queries the maximum delay Response 0 000028 the maximum delay is 28 us The delay range lies between 12 and 28 us There are 9 hop positions on a 2 us grid available Query only See Maximum Delay on page 55 SOURce hw FSIMulator BIRThdeath HOPPing DWELI lt Dwell gt Sets the time until the next change in the delay of a path birth death event Parameters lt Dwell gt Example Manual operation float Range 1E 3 to 429 49672950 Increment 100E 9 RST 191E 3 FSIM BIRT HOPP DWEL 210 ms sets a dwell time of 210 ms until the next change in the delay of a fading path See Hopping Dwell on page 56 SOURce hw FSIMulator BIRThdeath PATH ch LOSS Loss Sets the loss of the paths with birth death propagation Parameters Loss Example Manual operation float Range 0 to 50 Increment 0 001 RST 0 Default unit dB FSIM BIRT PATH2 LOSS 4 dB sets a loss of 4 dB for the second fading path See Path Loss on page 54 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath PATH lt ch gt PROFile lt Profile gt This command queries the fading profile In birth death propagation the pure Doppler profile is used Birth Death Parameters lt Profile gt PDOPpler RST PDOPpler Example FSIM BIRT PATH2 PROF queries the profile of the second fading path Manual operation See
133. In the External RF and IQ dialog configure this connection and set the frequency of the connected instrument e g RF Frequency 1 950 GHz e Inthe Status Bar set Freq A 2 143 GHz The settings of your instrument should resemble the example on figure 4 1 772 143 000 000 000 1 000 000 000 000 Fig 4 1 Settings influencing the calculation of the Doppler Shift 1a 1d Routing of Stream A master for Fading 1 1b Routing of Stream D master stream for Fading 2 but not for Fading 1 1c Routing of Stream C an external device is not connected 2a Frequency RF A i e the frequency of Stream A 2b Parameters influencing the frequency of Stream D In this configuration Stream A is the master stream for the Fading 1 Stream D is the master for Fading 2 because of the connected external device Note that although Stream C is first stream of Fading 2 it is not the master one because there is no external device connected to the BBMM 1 or to the FAD3 connector although an external device is connected to BBMM2 it is not the master for the Fading 1 because the streams are evaluated left to right and up to down Observe the values of the parameter Dedicated Frequency for Fader 1 and Fader 2 The settings of your instrument should resemble the example on figure 4 2 General Settings Del nd Ed dn O on CY Don Om SE OS 3 nen Oz D Standard User Configuration Standard Fin
134. KKEKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKEK SOURce FSIMulator MIMO TAP MATRix MODE AOAaod SOURce FSIMulator MIMO TGN ANTenna DISTance RX 0 5 SOURce FSIMulator MIMO TGN ANTenna DISTance TX 0 5 KKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKEKEK Set ray 1 to simulate signal scattered by obstacles causing static fading distribution e g a building KKEKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKEEK SOURce FSIMulator MIMO TAP TGN RAY1 GAIN 0 MO TAP TGN RAY1 ARRival ANGLe 72 MO TAP TGN RAY1 ARRival SPRead 5 MO TAP TGN RAY1 DEParture ANGLe 15 MO TAP TGN RAY1 DEParture SPRead 3 MO TAP TGN DISTribution EQUal MO TAP TGN RAY1 STATe ON SOURce FSIMulator SOURce FSIMulator SOURce FSIMulator SOURce FSIMulator SOURce FSIMulator SOURce FSIMulator kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Set ray 2 to simulate signal scattered by obstacles causing Gaussian fading distribution e g a tree kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk TGn Settings MO TAP TGN RAY2 GAIN 10 MO TAP TGN RAY2 ARRival ANGLe 23 MO TAP TGN RAY2 ARRival SPRead 7 MO TAP TGN RAY2 DEParture ANGLe 25 MO TAP TGN RAY2 DEParture SPRead 5 MO TAP TGN DISTribution GAUSs MO TAP TGN RAY2 STATe ON SOURce FSIMulator SOURce FSIMulator SOURce FSIMulator SOURce FSIMulator SOURce FSIMul
135. MDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 21 32 Delay ns 0 400 900 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 12 0412 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 4 0 3 0 5 Speed km h 0 05 0 04 0 06 WIMAX Standards A 9 4 SUI 1 30 ant 75 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMRice WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 21 32 Delay ns 0 400 900 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 18 57332 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 4 0 3 0 5 Speed km h 0 05 0 04 0 06 K fact 72 A 9 5 SUI 2 omni ant 90 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMRice WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 12 15 Delay ns 0 400 1100 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 3 0103 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 2 0 15 0 25 Speed km h 0 03 0 02 0 03 K 2 A 9 6 SUI 2 omni ant 75 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMRice WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 12 15 Delay ns 0 400 1100 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off WIMAX Standards Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Power Ratio dB 10 41393 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 2 0 15 0 25 Speed km h 0 03 0 02 0 03 A 9 7 SUI 2 30 ant 90 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMRice WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 18 27 Delay ns 0 400 1100 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 9 0309 0 0 Fre
136. MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor BF PHASe Gain SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor BG PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor BH PHASe Gain SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor CA PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor CB PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor CC PHASe Gain SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor CD PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor CE PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor CF PHASe Gain SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor CG PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor CH PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DA PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DB PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DC PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DD PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DE PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DF PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DG PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DH PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor EA PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt
137. MO configurations Section chapter 3 1 Required Options on page 17 provides an overview for detailed information refer to the R amp S SMW data sheet Multiple Input Multiple Output MIMO refers to a multi channel method where two or more simultaneous channel inputs and channel outputs are being used for boosting data rates The benefits of an MIMO system became visible only if the data signal is tested in fading conditions The MIMO fading option considers this special form of mul tipath propagation in channel simulation Depending on the number of the transmitting and receiving antennas used in a MIMO system different MxN MIMO test configurations are specified The term MxN is a rep resentation of a MIMO system where M is the number of the transmitting Tx antennas and N the number of the receiving Rx antennas Throughout this description we also use the term LxMXN as a short form of the used system configuration where L repre sents the Number of Entities M the Number of Basebands Tx Antennas and N the Number of Stream Rx Antennas Normally the simulation of a system with two or more transmitting and or receiving antennas requires two or more signal generators and or fading simulator The MIMO Fading option R amp S SMW K74 in combination with up to four Fading Simulator options R amp S SMW B14 enables you to simulate MIMO receiver tests scenarios with up to 8 Tx or up to 8 Rx antennas with one single instrument see also
138. Mulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor HF GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor HG GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor HH GAIN Gain For description refer to SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor lt path gt GAIN on page 168 8 7 2 Phase Shift SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor AA PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor AB PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor AC PHASe Gain SSS aa User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 170 R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Remote Control Commands SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor AD PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor AE PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor AF PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSiIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor AG PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor AH PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor BA PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor BB PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor BC PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor BD PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor BE PHASe Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator
139. NER SCME WINNER MS Speed 29 899 kmh MS DoT With the provided settings you can define up to 20 clusters each of which compris ing of up to 3 sub clusters A cluster is defined with its AoA Angle of Arrival AoD Angle of Departure parameters i e AoA AoD angles angle spreads AS and a relative gain If an sub cluster is enabled its is additionally attenuated the 3 sub clusters powers are fixed ratios of the total cluster power see Relative Gain dB Sub Cluster Different Power Azimuth Spectrum PAS distributions can be used to describe the distribution of the selected cluster however all clusters simulated in one path should have the same distribution MS SPSEU 101 MS DoT Direction Of Travel ettet rettet tenerent taan 102 ES SF NS P 102 Relative Gain QB rcr tintelende v nda av v eas 102 State lt SubsClUStOR REEL 102 Relative Gain dB lt Sub Cluster A 102 Angle of Departure Acal 103 AOD Spread EE 103 Angle of Arrival AoA ccc ccazvscseancespiessgcerahenacaanas eas canazaed cadceandeedeeaatneeedenanasceseatectieds 103 POPU S DIC en renten eerde ip geese an eee east 103 Bir een 103 MS Speed Sets the speed of the mobile station Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration This value determines the value of the parameter Speed see Path Table gt Speed Remote command SOURce lt hw gt
140. NTenna RX ESPacing HORizontal lt AntRxEspacHori gt SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna RX ESPacing VERTical lt AntRxEspacVert gt SCME WINNER WINNER II and Antenna Model Settings SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna TX ESPacing HORizontal lt AntTxEspacHori gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna TX ESPacing VERTical lt AntTxEspacVert gt Sets the vertical horizontal or cross polarized distance between the antennas in the antenna array Parameters lt AntTxEspacVert gt float Range 0 to 10 Increment 0 01 RST 0 5 Cross float Range 0 to 10 Increment 0 01 RST 0 Example see example Defining an antenna model on page 175 SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna RX PATTern lt AntRxPattDesc gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna TX PATTern lt AntTxPattDesc gt Sets the antenna pattern mode Parameters lt AntTxPattDesc gt ISOtropic USER SEC3 SEC6 DIPole RST ISOtropic Example see example Defining an antenna model on page 175 Manual operation See Antenna Pattern on page 109 SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna RX POLarization ANGLe lt AntRxPolAngle gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna TX POLarization ANGLe lt AntTxPolAngle gt Set the antenna element polarization slant angle Parameters lt AntTxPolAngle gt POLCROSS45 POLCROSS90 POLCOO POLCO90 POLCROSS45 POLCROSS90 cross poliarization 45 90 POLCOO POLCO90 co poliarization 0 90 vertica
141. O 6 Path o rt e gen i tp eed er eue dd n 203 TETRA BUSO D 203 TETRA EL BEE 204 TETRA REI DEE 204 TETRA ET200 4 Path iere ie nr e keeper d ee ed eren dea 204 TETRA DU 50 1P alli uicit dern do ee et et o rt rere cnr 205 TETRA DR 50 Path assenaar nennen i het d Peter ec eet 205 3GPP Standard ET 206 3GPP Case 1 UE BS unserer rer in rere red died Ll to ed 206 3GPP Case 2 UE BS ie irr eer rd reden diets i D o e eed 206 SGPP Case 3 UE BS ui inui hintaan nina tends eas 207 3GPP Case 4 UB sunnet deen nin daddies 207 3GPP Case E ee eneen ha dete eta 207 3GPP Case 6 UE and Case 4 BS enne 208 3GPP Mobile Case 7 UE Gechort enne nnns 208 3GPP Mobile Case 7 UE Beam nnen ee neneenennenenennenensere aia 209 3GPP Mobile Case 8 UE CO erede tria cei reden aiaiai 209 SGPP Mobile PAS dried ft tae eri rre dp dln 209 SGPP Mobile PB3 renee entitled 210 A 6 12 A 6 13 A 6 14 A 6 15 A 6 16 A 6 17 A 6 18 A 6 19 A 6 20 A 6 21 A 6 22 A 7 A 7 1 A 7 2 A T 3 A 7 4 A 7 5 A 8 A 8 1 A 8 2 A 8 3 A 8 4 A 8 5 A 9 A 9 1 A 9 2 A 9 3 A 9 4 A 9 5 A 9 6 A 9 7 A 9 8 A 9 9 3GPP Mobile VA3 3GPP Mobile VA30 3GPP Mobile VA120 sess 210 3GPP MBSFN Propagation Channel Profile 18 Path 211 3GPP Birth Death nocent re edi eiae hate Dot netted 212 SGPP 212 amp lelidspccm M HR 214 SGPP RAK
142. O TAP lt ch gt GVECtor CH GAIN Gain User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 169 R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Remote Control Commands SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DA GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DB GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DC GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DD GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DE GAIN lt Gain gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DF GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DG GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DH GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor EA GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor EB GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor EC GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor ED GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor EE GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor EF GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor EG GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor EH GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor FA GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt
143. OURce hw FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROupsst PATH ch LOSS Loss SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt LOSS Loss Sets the loss of the paths Parameters Loss float Range 0 to 50 Increment 0 001 RST 10J0 Default unit dB Example FSIM DEL STAT ON activates the Standard Delay fading configuration FSIM DEL GRO PATH2 LOSS 2 dB sets a loss of 2 dB for fading path 2 of group 1 Manual operation See Path Loss on page 46 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt PRATio lt PRatio gt Sets the power ratio of the discrete and distributed components for Rice fading SOURce FSIMulator DELay GROup PATH2 PROFile RICE Parameters lt PRatio gt Example Manual operation Delay Modes float Range 30 to 30 Increment 0 01 RST 0 Default unit dB FSIM DEL STAT ON activates the Standard Delay fading configuration FSIM DEL GRO PATH2 PROF RICE sets the Rice fading profile for fading path 2 of group 1 FSIM DEL GRO PATH2 PRAT 15 sets a power ratio of 15 dB The distributed Rayleigh compo nent prevails The total power of the two components remains constant See Power Ratio on page 46 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt PROFile lt Profile gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt PROFile lt Profile
144. OURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation TX ROW di COLunynsst MAGNIIUde 2 2 1 Ere eeen heen eben naderen den RARE 165 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation RX ROW lt di gt COlumnsste REAL z0rsssnverenennssenesenerenesreternar gesteenten de 166 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation TX ROW lt di gt GOEUMASSIREAL E 166 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch MATRix ACCept essen 166 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MMO TAP ch MATRix ONE 167 ESOURces lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt MATRIxX MODE neee ne ene nen eneen eenn 167 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt MATRix ROW lt di gt COLumn lt st gt PHASe 167 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt MATRix ROW lt di gt COLumn lt st gt MAGNitude 168 SOURce hw FSIMulator MMO TAP ch GVECtor PRESet sse 168 ESOURces lt hw gt J FSlMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor lt path gt GAIN eneen 168 SOURce hw FSIMulator MMO TAP ch GVECtor path PHASe nennen 169 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO CAPability Queries the supported MIMO configurations Return values lt MimoCapability gt string Example SOURcel FSIMulator MIMO CAPability Response M2X2 M2X4 M4X2 M2X3 M3X2 M1X2 Usage Query only SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO COPY NEXT Copies the matrix value
145. Output MIMO 84 Multiple Entity MXN MIMO Test Configurations eere 85 Signal Routing Settings in MIMO Configuration cene 85 Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration eee 87 Current Path Tap Settings nnn nanne eneen ennen ennneenenneneneeeenennenennneen eneen 92 Kronecker Mode Correlation Coeftclemts sse 93 TGn TGac Channel Models Geittngs sss 96 SCME WINNER Models and Antenna Modeling Settings nanne eneen 98 SCME WINNER Settings nanne ea paaa aeaa E A EAE EAEE ait 100 Channel Polarization and Antenna Modeling Gettmgs nuno eren 104 Correlation Matrix Table rene sa demen totu een i ipee te riae a draden denna 109 Relative Gain Vector Matrix Gettngs 111 Bypassing a Deactivated Fading Simulator eee 113 Summation Ratio Ail Be aces asec ec eter eebe 116 E e lu D 117 General Settings 118 Elei iiit emeret cer Haeo ELO E D a intr ens 139 Deia AD 143 8 4 High Speed Trainers anaseener annae sens sannnoenensannneneen ceseecteeccesnctteecaseccttecsessccteesesenctteecess 153 8 5 Moving Propagation eener sanansemensnaenenensinnnenmeninnananmenannnnamennannnanmenanaanenkedanne 157 8 6 MIMO Settings acean ioco Eee i en dant banda iin ante LaL WE Eo Ead 162 8 7 MIMO Vector Settin
146. Path 6 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 3 00 0 2 0 6 0 8 0 10 0 Delay ns 0 0 0 0 0 0 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed 50 50 50 50 50 50 km h A 5 3 TETRA BUS50 2 Path EN300 392 2 Path 1 Path 2 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 3 Delay ns 0 5000 LogNormal off off Corr with off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 Speed km h 50 50 TETRA Standards A 5 4 TETRA HT200 2 Path Path 1 Path 2 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 8 6 Delay ns 0 15000 LogNormal off off Corr with off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 Speed km h 200 200 A 5 5 TETRA HT200 6 Path Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 0 2 4 7 12 Delay ns 0 200 400 600 LogNormal off off off off Corr with off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed 200 02 200 02 200 02 200 02 200 02 200 02 km h A 5 6 TETRA ET200 4 Path EN300 392 2 Equalizer Test B Note Path 3 and 4 should be placed in their own group delay max 40 000 ns Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh
147. R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K 5 K 6 Fading Simulation User Manual Fading Simulator Dynamic Fading Enhanced Fading Models MIMO Fading Routing Higher Order MIMO Multiple Entities ALL ELTE TL 1175 6826 02 08 o E 5 5 e bg eG bz 2 2 o Ee wn o This document describes the following software options R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 1413 1500 02 1413 3532 xx 1413 3584 xx 1413 3632 xx 1413 9576 xx 1413 9624 xx This manual describes firmware version FW 3 20 324 xx and later of the R amp S SMW200A 2015 Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG M hldorfstr 15 81671 M nchen Germany Phone 49 89 41 29 0 Fax 49 89 41 29 12 164 Email info rohde schwarz com Internet www rohde schwarz com Subject to change Data without tolerance limits is not binding R amp S is a registered trademark of Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG Trade names are trademarks of the owners The following abbreviations are used throughout this manual R amp S SMW200A is abbreviated as R amp S SMW R amp S WinlQSIM2 is abbreviated as R amp S WinlQSIM2 the license types 02 03 07 11 13 16 12 are abbreviated as xx Contents NR erinnern ae niaaa ei raa enaA aeaiee AEE aE ri 11 Li About this Manual 2 erreur nee u idana narri oraaa rR RENAN A RRENA SAVERS 11 1 2 Documentation OvervleW 02 0 cccccecscteccesssscecacessenceceessseieccvesseceececesscceccucss
148. SIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor AD GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor AE GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor AF GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor AG GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor AH GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor BA GAIN Gain SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor BB GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor BC GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor BD GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor BE GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor BF GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor BG GAIN Gain SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor BH GAIN Gain SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor CA GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor CB GAIN Gain SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor CC GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor CD GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor CE GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor CF GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor CG GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIM
149. SOURcel SOURcel SOURcel SOURcel FSIMulator FSIMulator FSIMulator FSIMulator FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna MIMO ANTenna MIMO ANTenna MIMO ANTenna MIMO ANTenna TX TX TX TX TX BS PATTern DIPol POLarization COLumn SIZE ANTO1 TAP1 SUBClusterl STATe 1 TAP1 SUBClusterl GAIN ARRival ANGLe 0 7 ANGLe 6 6 SPRead 5 ARRival SPRead 35 DISTribution LAPL Tio VERTical 9 Tio HORizontal 9 e ANGLe POLCROSS45 ROWS SIZE AN roi ESPacing CROSS 4 configure the Rx antenna array MS SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna RX PATTern ISO SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna RX POLarization ANGLe POLCROSS90 SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna RX COLumn SIZE ANTO1 SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna RX ROWS SIZE ANTO1 SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna RX ESPacing CROSS 0 5 SOURcel FSIMulator STATe loading and using an user defined antenna pattern query predefined antenna pattern files SOU query existing user defined antenna pattern files ant pat Rce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna PATTern CATalog Response 3Sector 6Sector Dipole Isotropic ant pat MMEMory CDIRectory var user SOU SOU SOU Rce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna PATTern CATalog Response ant ant pat Rcel FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna TX PATTern USER Rcel FSIMulator MIMO ANTennal TX PFILe var user ant SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI TAP lt st gt SPEed Speed Sets the speed of the m
150. Standards Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Freq Spread 0 034 0 032 0 0658 0 0104 0 013 Freq Shift 0 0764 0 0134 0 0989 0 121 0 141 Hz Speed km h Path 6 Path 7 Path 8 Path 9 Profile Type Gauss Watterson Gauss Watterson Gauss Watterson Gauss Watterson Freq Shift Hz 0 131 0 121 0 151 Loss dB 7 7 12 9 10 4 8 5 Delay ns 750000 1088000 1088000 1088000 LogNormal off off off off Corr with off off off off Freq Spread 0 0229 0 0149 0 0206 0 0335 0 014 Speed km h Tap 6 S d 1 0 0 1 802 11n SISO Standards These fading profiles are implemented as the IEEE 802 11n MIMO models expect that Correlation Path Off e Coefficient 100 e Phase deg 0 See chapter A 19 802 11n MIMO Standards on page 258 802 11n MIMO Standards According to IEEE 801 11 03 940r4 Rx Antenna Distance 1 Tx Antenna Distance 0 5 Distribution Laplace Profile Bell Shape tgn Indoor exception Model F Path 3 where the Profile Bell Shape tgn Moving Vehicle Speed 1 2 km h exception Model F Path 3 where Speed 40 km h 802 11n MIMO Standards A 19 1 Model A Tap Path 1 Cluster Profil Typ Bell Shape tgn Indoor Loss dB 0 Delay ns 0 AoA 45 AS A 40 AoD 45 AS D 40 Speed km h 1 2 A 19 2 Model B
151. U300L LMETU300M LMETU300H WMITUPB3L WMITUPB3M WMITUPB3H WMITUVAG6OL WMITUVA6OM WMITUVA60H EVDO1CH1 EVDO1CH1BC5 EVDO1CH2 EVDO1CH2BC5 EVDO1CH3 EVDO1CH3BC5 EVDO1CH4 EVDO1CH4BC5 EVDO1CH5 EVDO1CH5BC5 G3HST10OS G3HST2TLC G3HST3TMA MPLTEETU200 MPLTEPDOPP T6TU T6HT LTEEPA5 LTEEVAS5 LTEEVA70 LTEETU70 LTEETU300 G3UEC1 G3UEC2 G3UEC3 G3UEVAS G3MBSFN3 WATTI1 WATTIS WATTI2 GTI5 G3HST1OSDU G3HST2TLCDU G3HST3TMADU LTEMBSFN5 LTECQI5 LTEETU30 LMETU30L LMETU30M LMETU30H WLANNMODA WLANNMODB WLANNMODC WLANNMODD WLANNMODE WLANNMODF WLANACMODA WLANACMODB WLANACMODC WLANACMODD WLANACMODE WLANACMODF WLANNSMODA WLANNSMODB WLANNSMODC WLANNSMODD WLANNSMODE WLANNSMODF WLANACSMODA WLANACSMODB WLANACSMODC WLANACSMODD WLANACSMODE WLANACSMODF G3SCMEUMA3 G3SCMEUMA30 G3SCMEUMI3 G3SCMEUMI30 WLANPRURALLOS User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 134 General Settings WLANPURBANAPPLOS WLANPURBANCRONLOS WLANPHIGHWAYNLOS WLANPHIGHWAYLOS RST USER Example FSIM STAN THT selects settings in conformity with Tetra Hilly Terrain 200 with two fading paths Manual operation See Standard Test Case on page 27 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator STANdard REFerence Reference Queries the reference in the standard for the selected test case Parameters lt Reference gt string Example FSIM STAN WC1BUP2 selects sett
152. a RX ESPacing HORizontal on page 180 Cross Polarized Antenna Spacing Tx Rx Antenna Array Structure Set the physical distance d between the two antenna elements of an antenna with cross polarization 45 or 90 normalized by the wave length A It is calculated as follow d Cross Polarized Antenna Spacing A where the wave length 7 c Frequency and c is the speed of light Remote command SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna TX ESPacing CROSs on page 180 SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna RX ESPacing CROSs on page 180 Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration Antenna Pattern Tx Rx Antenna Array Structure Antenna patterns are files that describe the 2D antenna radiation pattern Available are an Isotropic antenna and a Dipole antenna as well as the two antenna patterns with different number of sectors 3 Sectors and 6 Sectors that are required for the BS testing as specified in the 3GPP TR 25 996 You can also load a user defined antenna pattern see User Defined Antenna Patterns per Row Column on page 109 Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna TX PATTern on page 181 SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna RX PATTern on page 181 User Defined Antenna Patterns per Row Column Tx Rx Antenna Array Struc ture Indicates the used antenna pattern file per antenna element To change the used file select the antenna element Select Predefined User File navigate
153. acement of the place holder lt path gt is mandatory i e remote control com mands containing this placeholder are not recognized and accepted by the instrument ESOURCce lt hw FSiMulator MIMO CAP ab WD EE 163 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO COPY NEXT nssnusersrrnserersrenrrersstersenvensannennnenssndsnndndd 163 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO COPY ALL 0 ceeeseseseeereneneeeneaeeeneeceteneeencanasenes 163 SOURce hw FSIMulator MMO COPY PREVious eese 164 ESOURCeshw FSlMulator MIMO MDhLaad ilte tiere tenute 164 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MMO MDSTore cessere neret 164 MIMO Settings Ree EE IEN MIMO RE 164 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation RX ROW lt di gt COLumhsst MAGIBAaEy aa eic ciao rn td pre neta nte dreke kenden neen derden enen ien dend 165 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation TX ROW lt di gt COLuminsst gt IMAGIN ANY M 165 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation RX ROW lt di gt COLumbsst gt EE 165 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation TX ROW lt di gt COLUMA lt SIRtP ASC arne ner hedde EON ahem eee 165 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation RX ROW lt di gt COLunmnssts MAGNUAE arora rounded deor zr rtt ten dete pte reve xe ken ce Peta 165 S
154. age 111 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch MATRix MODE Mode Sets the input mode for the Rx and Tx correlation values matrix mode Parameters Mode INDividual KRONecker AOAaod SCWI RST INDividual Example FSIM MIMO TAP2 MATR MODE IND selects the matrix mode individual Options R amp S SMW B14 K7 1 K74 Manual operation See Matrix Mode on page 92 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt MATRix ROW lt di gt COLumn lt st gt PHASe lt Phase gt This command enters the value for the phase imaginary part of the correlation Suffix lt di gt 1 4 lt st gt 1 4 Parameters lt Phase gt float Range 0 to 360 Increment 0 02 RST 0 Example FSIM MIMO TAP2 MATR ROW1 COL1 PHAS 90 sets the correlation value to the specified value Options R amp S SMW B14 K71 K74 Manual operation See Phase Imag on page 111 MIMO Settings SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt MATRix ROW lt di gt COLumn lt st gt MAGNitude lt Magnitude gt Determines the value for the real magnitude part of the correlation Suffix lt di gt 1 4 lt st gt 1 4 Parameters lt Magnitude gt float Range 0 to 1 Increment 0 0001 RST 1 Example FSIM MIMO TAP2 MATR ROW1 COL1 MAGN 0 5 sets the correlation value to the specified value Options R amp S SMW B14 K71 K74 Manual operation See Real Magnitude on page 111 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor PRESet The comm
155. al options that extend the fading functionality option Dynamic Fading R amp S SMW K71 per signal path required for the simulation of dynamic fading conditions like birth death propa gation moving propagation two channel interferes and high speed train condi tions option Extended statistic functions R amp S SMW K72 per signal path required for additional fading profiles and some of the predefined test scenar ios Refer to the instrument s specifications for more information The equipment layout for simulating fading effects in MIMO configurations e two options Baseband Generator R amp S SMW B10 e option two UO paths to RF R amp S SMW B13T atleast two options Fading Simulator R amp S SMW B14 e option MIMO Fading R amp S SMW K74 required for the configuration of MIMO scenarios like 1x2x8 or 1x4x4 scenarios e option Higher Oreder MIMO R amp S SMW K75 required for the configuration of higher order MIMO scenarios like 4x2x2 option Multiple Entities R amp S SMW K76 required for the configurations with more than two entities like 8x1x1 sceanrios Refer to the instrument s specifications for more information Overview of the Functions Provided by the Fading Simulator 3 2 Overview of the Functions Provided by the Fading Simulator This section summarizes the key functions of the fading simulator to emphasize the way it is suitable for test setups during research development and quality assurance inv
156. amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 mm Predefined Fading Settings real imagi real imagi real imagi nary nary nary 0 7026 0 3395 1 0 0 54306 0 1593 0 5378 0 4866 0 54306 0 1593 1 0 0 21266 0 5245 0 5378 0 4866 0 7026 0 3395 1 0 TAP 6 1 0 0 45 0 4222 0 4564 0 5655 0 44413 0 06178 0 45 0 4222 1 0 0 0334 0 44717 0 4564 0 5655 0 0334 0 4472 1 0 0 44413 0 0618 0 4564 0 5655 0 45 0 4222 Table 1 29 MIMO Parameter Medium Correlation real imagi real imagi real imagi real imagi nary nary nary nary TAP 1 1 0 0 0 0 7264 0 0 0 TAP 6 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 7264 0 0 7264 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 7264 0 0 0 1 0 Table 1 30 MIMO Parameter Low Correlation real imagi real imagi real imagi real imagi nary nary nary nary TAP 1 1 0 0 0 0 02201 0 51313 O 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 022 0 5131 0 02201 0 5131 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 022 0 51313 0 0 1 0 TAP 2 1 0 0 0 0 2911 0 4411 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 29107 0 44114 0 2911 0 44114 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 29107 0 4411 0 0 1 0 TAP 3 1 0 0 0 0 4841 0 19032 O 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 48407 0 1903 0 4841 0 1903 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 48407 0 19032 0 0 1 0 TAP 4 1 0 0 0 0 4738 0 15167 O 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 47376 0 1517 0 4738 0 1517 0 0 1 0 0 0 08 SSS SEE CNN NN aa a User Manual 1175 6826 02 243 R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76
157. and presets the vector matrix to an unitary matrix Example FSIM MIMO TAP2 GVEC PRES resets the gain vector matrix Usage Event Manual operation See Set to Unity on page 112 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor lt path gt GAIN Sets the relative gain in the selected path For the correct syntax of the other available commands see chapter 8 7 1 Relative Gain on page 169 Parameters lt Gain gt float Range 50 to 0 Increment 0 01 RST 0 Example SOURcel FSIMulator MIMO TAP2 GVECtor AA GAIN 3 decreases the level in path AA by 3 cB Options up to 4xR amp S SMW B14 and R amp S SMW K74 R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Remote Control Commands SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor lt path gt PHASe Sets the phase shift of the selected path For the correct syntax of the other available commands see chapter 8 7 2 Phase Shift on page 170 Parameters lt Phase gt float Range 0 to 360 Increment 0 02 RST 0 Example SOURcel FSIMulator MIMO TAP2 GVECtor AA PHASe 45 shifts the phase in path AA by 45 degree Options up to 4xR amp S SMW B14 and R amp S SMW K74 8 7 MIMO Vector Settings 8 7 1 Relative Gain SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor AA GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor AB GAIN Gain SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor AC GAIN Gain SOURce hw F
158. annels simultaneously change frequency see figure Fading On or restart of both faders j Hopping of fader A Hopping Dwell A 10 30 30 40 50 o 70 0 o po 110 120 time ms Hopping Dwell B km e Hopping of fader B 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 time ms Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath HOPPing DWEL1 on page 140 4 7 Moving Propagation Speed Enters the speed v of the moving receiver The resulting Doppler shift is dependent on the speed v and the entered ratio of the actual Doppler shift to the set Doppler shift fp This ratio is determined in the Fre quency Ratio line The resulting Doppler frequency can be read off from the Res Doppler Shift line It may not exceed the maximum Doppler frequency If the speed is changed the resulting Doppler shift is automatically modified Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath SPEed on page 141 Resulting Doppler Shift Displays the resulting Doppler shift Remote command SOURce hw FSIMulator BIRThdeath PATH ch FDOPpler on page 142 Frequency Ratio Enters the ratio of the actual Doppler shift to the Doppler shift set with the Speed parameter Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath FRATio on page 142 Actual Doppler Shift Displays the actual Doppler shift The actual Doppler frequency is determined by the selected Speed and Frequency
159. annex B 3 Here the behavior of a receiver in high speed train conditions is tested i e the simulated scenario represents a very fast moving receiver that drives past an antenna The fading simulator gener 4 9 1 High Speed Train ates the signal as a sequence of complete cycles of approach towards to the BS antenna and departure from it High Speed Train Fa Fig 4 7 High Speed Train Propagation Three high speed scenarios are defined e Scenario 1 Open Space Scenario 2 Tunnel with leaky cable e Scenario 3 Tunnel for multi antennas Scenario 1 and Scenario 3 For each of the scenarios 1 and 3 one path without a fading profile is simulated Pure Doppler The path has constant level no delay and variable Doppler shift The Doppler shift for these scenarios is calculated as follow falt fp cos gt where fa t is the actial Doppler shift and fp is the maximum Doppler frequency The cosine of angle is given by cosg t a 7 0 lt t lt D v VP min D 2 vt where e Dg 2isthe distance in meters between the train and the BS at the beginning of the simulation Dn is the minimum distance in meters between the BS and the railway track visthe velocity of the train in m s e tis time in seconds For scenario 1 and for BS with receiver diversity the Doppler shift variation is the same between the antennas High Speed Train 4 9 2 Scenario 2 Scenario 2 is not defined for EUTRA LTE test case
160. are described in General te 25 e Restart d CH 34 e Insertion Loss Configuration Coupled Parameters and Global Fader Coupling 35 Pati Table EE 40 NEE D 51 e Birth Death Be ee E e DE 52 Moving PrOPAGAUON 22e NENNEN deleten tie epee 57 eg een Ei ER E 65 e High Speed NN EE 71 e Custom Fading Profile erri tiet rer nn erheen 77 General Settings 4 1 General Settings gt To access this dialog select the Fading gt Fading Settings Eru 70Hz Configuration Standardfrine Delay Fading Clockrate EE Sign Dedicated To Auto Detect Output Dedicated Freq 244300000000GHz Ignore RF Changes lt 5 on Freq Hopping on Apart from the standard Set to Default and Save Recall functions the dialog provides the settings to e In System Configurations with more than two entities the dialog consists of more than one side tabs one tab per entity The tab name indicates the fader state the settings are related to See also chapter 6 1 Multiple Entity MxN MIMO Test Configurations on page 85 e Select a predefined fading profile according to the common mobile radio stand ards e In instruments with RF output activate and configure a frequency hopping State Powers the fading simulator on or off When powered on the fading process is initiated for the paths which are switched on A selectable trigger Restart Event can be used to restart the fading process The
161. art after about one second Parameters lt State gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 Example FSIM DEL STAT ON activates the Standard Delay fading configuration for fader A and switches on fading for path A 8 4 High Speed Train The High Speed Train dynamic fading configurations are available with option R amp S SMW K71 Example Enabling and configuring a high speed train propagation The following is an example on how to configure the settings without using a prede fined standard SOURcel FSIMulator CONFiguration HSTRain SOURcel FSIMulator HSTRain PROFile PDOPpler SOURcel FSIMulator HSTRain SPEed 100kmh SOURcel FSIMulator HSTRain DISTance MINimum 20m SOURcel FSIMulator HSTRain DISTance STARt 2000m SOURcel FSIMulator HSTRain PATH STATe ON SOURcel FSIMulator HSTRain STATe ON S S S S S S SOURcel FSIMulator H 92 657 Hz TRain FDOPpler High Speed Train Example Configuring a high speed train scenario for BS tests The following is an example on how to configure fading simulator to generate a HST BS test signal according to 3GPP TS36 104 For frequency Band 1 tests the specification defines Fp 2 14 GHz Fy 1 95 GHz and Fp 1140 Hz SOURcel FSIMulator PRESet SOURcel FSIMulator STANdard G3HST10SDU SOURcel FREQuency CW 1 95E9 SOURcel FSIMulator HSTRain DOWNlink FREQuency STATe ON SOURcel FSIMulator HSTRain DOWNlink FREQuency 2 14E9 SOURcel FSIMulator HSTRain PATH STATe ON
162. ath 1 Profile Type Rice Loss dB 10 Delay ns 0 LogNormal off Corr with off Power Ratio dB 0 Freq Ratio 1 Speed km h 300km h HST3 Tunnel Multi Antennas HST3 Tunnel Multi Antennas DL UL 3GPP TS25 141 annex D 4A High Speed Train and 3GPP TS36 141 annex B 3A High Speed Train The HST DL UL standards consider the downlink and the uplink That is if a doppler shift occurs in the downlink the mobile receiver synchronizes to that shifted frequency The uplink to the base station then results in a doppler shift enlarged by a factor based on the sum of the DL and UL frequency Path 1 Profile Type Pure Doppler Loss dB 0 3GPP LTE Moving Propagation Delay ns 0 LogNormal off Corr with off Power Ratio dB Freq Ratio Speed km h 300km h Drin 2m D 300m A 15 3GPP LTE Moving Propagation A 15 1 Reference Moving Channel A 15 2 Table 1 34 3GPP TS 25 101 annex B2 3 Path 1 Path 2 Profile Type Static Static Loss dB 0 0 Delay ns 0 1 6us LogNormal off off Corr with off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 Freq Ratio 1 1 Speed km h 0 0 Period 157 0796s 2 PI 0 04 Mean Delay 23 bus ETU 200Hz Moving UL Timing Adjustment Scenario 1 Table 1 35 3GPP TS36 141 annex B 4 Moving Propagation Conditions Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Pro
163. ator SOURce FSIMulator SOURce FSIMulator SEE XS EES ck ck ck ck ck ck ck 0k 0k 0k 0k 0k 0k 0k 00e 0k 0e 0e 00e KK KKK KKK KKK KK KKK KKK KKK KK KKK KKK ck ck ck ck ck ck kk ck ko ko kckockck Query the resulting matrix correlation coefficients with the SOURce FSIMulator MIMO TAP MATRix commands ck ck ck ck ck ck 0k 0k 00k 0k 0k 00e 0000 00k 0k KKK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK ck ck ck ck ck ck ck ck kk ko ko kckockck ESOURces lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TGN ANTenna DISTance RX nennen eee neneenn 173 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TGN ANTenna DlISTance TX sse 173 ESOURces lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt TGN DISTribution nnen eneen nenen nen 173 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch TGN RAY sst ARRival ANGLe 174 ESOURces lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt TGN RAYsst DEParture ANGLe 174 SOURce hw FSIMulator MMO TAP ch TGN RAY sst gt ARRival SPRead 174 SOURce hw FSIMulator MMO TAP ch TGN RAY st DEParture SPRead 174 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt TGN RAY lt st gt GAIN nonnen nennen eenen enen 174 ESOURces lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt TGN RAYsst gt STATE nennen nennen 175 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TGN ANTenna DISTance RX lt RxAntDist gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TGN ANTenna DISTance TX lt TxAntDist gt Sets the RX TX ant
164. atrix values individually In individual matrix mode you have to define the matrix values manually Irrespectively of the selected data format you have to enter valid correlation values B Impossible calculation and conflict settings The individual direct definition of the matrix elements may lead to impossible calcula tion due to inappropriate values and or settings conflict You have to change the corresponding values The figure 6 9 uses a 2x2 MIMO matrix to depict the basic configuration principle user specified values automatically determined values mm steering matrix Fig 6 9 Simplified representation of a 2x2 MIMO matrix To define the matrix set the only the value pairs in the diagonal and upper triangle a total of 10 value pairs in this example see figure 6 9 The instrument exploits the com plex conjugate symmetry across the diagonal and determines automatically the remaining value pairs in the lower triangle By default the values in the matrix diagonal are set to 1 Use values different than 1 to simulate antennas with different power level steering Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration Real Magnitude Enters the value for the real ratio part of the correlation Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt MATRix ROW lt di gt COLumn lt st gt MAGNitude on page 168 Phase Imag Enters the value for the phase imaginary part of the correlation Remote command SOUR
165. ay DEL GROupsst PATH ch CORRelation COEFficient 145 SOURce hw FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH ch CORRelation PHASe 145 SOURce hw FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupzsst PATH ch CORRelation STATe 146 SOURce lt hw gt FSlMulator DELay DEL GROupsst gt PATH lt ch CPHase SOURce lt hw gt FS Mulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt CUSTom DATA SOURce hw FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupzsst PATH ch CUSTom DSHape sss 186 SOURce hw FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH ch FDOPpler ACTual sss 147 SOURce hw FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH ch FDOPDpler RESulting 147 SOURce hw FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH ch FRATiIO eene 148 SOURce hw FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH ch FSHift esses 148 SOURce hw FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH ch FSPRead eee 149 SOURce hw FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH ch LOGNormal CSTD sess 149 ESOURce lt hw gt FSlMulator DELay DEL GROupsst gt PATH lt ch gt LOGNormal LCONstant ee 149 ESOURce lt hw gt J FSlMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH lt ch gt LOGNormal STATE nennen 150 SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt LOSS nonnen eene 150 ESOURce lt hw
166. ce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer STATe on page 183 and SOURce hw FSIMulator STATe Parameters State 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 Example see example Enabling a two channel interferer fading configu ration on page 182 Manual operation See State on page 69 Custom Fading Profile The custom fading profile requires R amp S SMW K72 Example Enabling configuring and disabling a custom fading profile The following is a simple example on how to configure enable and disable a custom profile SOURcel FSIMulator DELay GROupl PATH2 PROFile CUSTom SOURcel FSIMulator DEL GROupl PATH2 CUSTom DATA 200 100 100 200 SOURcel FSIMulator DEL GROupl PATH2 CUSTom DSHape FLAT SOURcel FSIMulator DEL GROupl PATH2 PROFile RAYL SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt CUSTom DSHape 186 SOURce hw FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH ch CUSTOom DATA 187 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt CUSTom DSHape lt DopplerShape gt Sets the doppler shape of the virtual profile Parameters lt DopplerShape gt Example Manual operation Custom Fading Profile FLAT RAYLeigh RST RAYLeigh see example Enabling configuring and disabling a custom fad ing profile on page 186 See Doppler Shape on page 79 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt CUSTom DATA lt Bandwidth gt lt Offs
167. ce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor AG PHASe essen SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor AH GAIN sese SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor AH PHASe esee enne SOURce hw FSIMulator MMO TAP ch GVECtor BA GAIN esee SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor BA PHASe sse 171 SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor BB GAIN SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor BB PHASe SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor BC GAIN sese 169 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor BC PHASe sss 171 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor BD GAIN sss 169 TSOUlbce bwslFS lMulsatorMIMO TAbP ch GVECior BD PHAfe 171 TSOUlbce bwslFS lMulatorMIMO TAbP chzGVE CiorBEGAIN nnns SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor BE PHASe a SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor BF GAIN seen SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor BF PHASe SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor BG GAIN enne ISOUlbce bwslES lMulatorMIMO TAb ch GVECiorBGPHAGe 171 ISOUlbce bwslES lMulatorMIMO TAbP chz GVECior BH GAIN s 169 SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor BH PHASE nn nennennenneeneennenneensenneensennen 171 ESOURce lt hw gt J FSlM
168. ce Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 13 Path 14 Cluster 1 2 3 1 2 3 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indoor tgn Indoor Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor Relative 18 3 14 7 18 6 20 5 18 7 18 1 Loss dB Delay ns 380 380 380 430 430 430 AoA 163 7 251 8 80 163 7 251 8 80 AS A 35 8 41 6 37 4 35 8 41 6 37 4 AoD 105 6 293 1 61 9 105 6 293 1 61 9 AS D 36 1 42 5 38 36 1 42 5 38 Speed 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 15 Path 16 Path 17 Path 18 Cluster 1 2 3 4 2 4 4 4 Profil Typ Bell Bell Bell Bell Bell Bell Bell Bell Shape tgn Shape Shape Shape Shape tgn Shape Shape Shape Indoor tgn tgn tgn Indoor tgn tgn tgn Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Relative 22 9 19 9 22 8 20 6 224 20 5 20 7 24 6 Loss dB Delay ns 490 490 490 490 560 560 640 730 En User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 265 R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Predefined Fading Settings Tap Path 15 Path 16 Path 17 Path 18 AoA 163 7 251 8 80 182 251 8 182 182 182 AS A 35 8 41 6 37 4 40 3 41 6 40 3 40 3 40 3 AoD 105 6 293 1 61 9 275 7 293 1 275 7 275 7 275 7 AS D 36 1 42 5 38 38 7 42 5 38 7 38 7 38 7 Speed 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 km h
169. ce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt MATRix ROW lt di gt COLumn lt st gt PHASe on page 167 Conflict Indicates a matrix conflict Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt MATRix CONFlict on page 167 Accept Accepts the values for the phase imaginary and the real ration part of the correlation Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt MATRix ACCept on page 166 6 3 6 Relative Gain Vector Matrix Settings The Fading Relative Tap Gain Vector dialog is available for static paths and paths with Pure Doppler Fading Profile This dialog provides additional parameters to simu late a gain weighting or phase shift between the signals with constant fading transmit ted over the different Tx antennas 1 To access this dialog enable a MIMO configuration and select Fading gt Path Table gt Profile gt Static or Pure Doppler 2 Select Path Table gt Coefficient gt Vector Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration Fading A Relative Tap Gain Vector Pure Doppler Es Current Path Copy e Prev S To Prev Use this function to simulate beamforming signal Example This example illustrates the phase shift between the signals with a start phase of 45 degrees power level of 2 dB and the gain and phase settings as follow AA Gain gt 0 AA Phase gt 0 e AB Gain gt 1 AB Phase gt 10 e BA Gain gt 2 BA Phase gt
170. ce the steam used to estimate the dedicated frequency is mapped to Return values lt DetectMaster gt Example Usage Manual operation RFA BBMM1 RFB BBMM2 IQOUT1 IQOUT2 FAD1 FAD2 FAD4 FAD3 DEF SOURcel FSIMulator FREQ DETect Query only See Dedicated Connector on page 32 General Settings SOURce lt hw gt FSiMulator SPEed UNIT Unit This command chooses the default unit for the parameter speed as displayed in the dialog Note The remote control command changes only the units displayed in the graphical user interface While configuring the speed via remote control the speed units must be specified Parameters lt Unit gt MPS KMH MPH NMPH RST KMH Example FSIM SPE UNIT MPS sets meters per second as the default unit for the speed param eter as displayed in the graphical user interface Manual operation See Speed Unit on page 42 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator STANdard Standard Selects a predefined fading simulator setting which complies with the test specifica tions found in the common mobile radio standards For a detailed summary of all of the default settings see chapter A Predefined Fading Settings on page 188 Standard Test Case lt Predefined_Standard gt Description 7 USER USER parameter cannot be set A query returns this value if a user defined Fading set ting was loaded or if one of the associated settings was changed subseq
171. ch path has the same loss and phase and no Doppler shift The time until the position of a path is changed is also specified see table 4 2 Table 4 2 Default parameter values Birth Death Propagation Profile Pure Doppler Path Loss 0 dB Min Delay 0 us Delay Grid 1 us Positions 11 Max Delay 10 us Hopping Dwell 191 ms Speed 0 m s Frequency Ratio 1 0 R amp S9SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Fading Settings Path Graph The graphical display of the fading paths in Birth Death Propagation mode shows as an example the changing positions of the two paths within the delay grid The dis played position change does not correspond to the actual delay hops of the real signal An arrow indicates the direction of the delay hop of the path that will next change its position with the head of the arrow marking the new position The delay grid is plotted on the x axis The permissible delay range and the delay off set are shown in the graphics see the Min Delay and the Delay Range indication on the graph The path power is plotted on the y axis with 0 dB corresponding to the maximum power on the path path loss 0 dB The scaling of the axes and the dis played path power match the real settings The scaling of the x axis depends on the set delay range It always starts at 0 us and rages up to 40 us at the most maximum for delay range The minimum delay corre sponds to the start
172. channel A fading channel is the term describing the signal between a transmit Tx and a receive Rx antenna scattered in various paths In a 2x2 MIMO fading configuration there are four fading channels between the trans mit Tx and the receive Rx antennas In this description each fading channel is rep resent as a block with name following the naming convention F lt tx gt lt Rx gt where Tx and Rx are the antennas e g A and B in a 2x2 MIMO configuration An instrument equipped with the R amp S SMW K74 option can simulates up to 16 MIMO fading channels as it is for instance required for 4x4 MIMO receiver tests If the option R amp S SMW K75 is installed the number of MIMO channels increases to 32 Fading path tap Each fading channel consists of up to 20 fading paths The figure 3 1 illustrates an example of single channel fading with three transmission paths Definition of Commonly Used Terms 4 5 receiver Fig 3 1 Example of single channel fading with three transmission paths SISO configuration Path 1 represents the discrete component that is a direct line of sight LOS transmission between the transmitter and receiver pure Doppler fading profile Paths 2 and 3 represent the distributed components that is signals which are scattered due to obstacles Rayleigh fading profile Distributed components like the paths 2 and 3 consists of several signal echoes and are referred to as taps
173. chapter 6 1 Multiple Entity MxN MIMO Test Configurations on page 85 Configurations with more than two entities as well as the higher order MIMO configura tions require the additional options Multiple Entities R amp S SMW K76 and Higher Order MIMO R amp S SMW K75 Abstract representation of the signal routing 2x2 MIMO system Preview diagram Block diagram 2x2 MIMO Y AA TxA e y Y TXB Y BB y RxB L RxA Illustration of the principle Detailed representation of the High level representation signal processing The Fading Simulator is displayed as one single block the number of the input Basebands M and the output Streams N indicate the MxN MIMO configuration Each E pe block repre sents one MIMO channel Multiple Entity MxN MIMO Test Configurations The representation of a multi entity MIMO configuration is even more abstract see also chapter 6 1 Multiple Entity MxN MIMO Test Configurations on page 85 6 1 Multiple Entity MxN MIMO Test Configurations Equipped with the MIMO Fading option R amp S SMW K74 the instrument enables the simulation of versatile MIMO tests scenarios with one single instrument The supported MIMO scenarios depend on the installed options in particular on the number of options fading simulator R amp S SMW B14 i e the number of the available FADER boards and on the availability of the options Multi
174. chapter A 13 1xEVDO Standards on page 246 EVDO1CH1 EVDO1CH1BC5 EVDO1CH2 EVDO1CH2BC5 EVDO1CH3 EVDO1CH3BC5 EVDO1CH4 EVDO1CH4BC5 EVDO1CH5 EVDO1CH5BC5 1xEVDO Chan 1 2 3 4 5 WATTERSON see chapter A 17 Watterson Standards on page 256 WATTI1 WATTI3 WATTI2 Watterson 11 I2 I3 General Settings Standard Test Case 802 11n SISO see chapter A 18 802 11n SISO Standards on page 258 lt Predefined_Standard gt WLANNSMODA WLANNSMODB WLANNSMODC WLANNSMODD WLANNSMODE WLANNSMODF Description 802 11n SISO Model A B C D E F 802 11n MIMO see chapter A 19 802 11n MIMO Standards on page 258 WLANNMODA WLANNMODB WLANNMODC WLANNMODD WLANNMODE WLANNMODF 802 11n MIMO Model A B C D E F 802 1 1ac SISO see chapter A 21 802 11ac SISO Standards on page 279 WLANACSMODA WLANACSMODB WLANACSMODC WLANACSMODD WLANACSMODE WLANACSMODF 802 11ac SISO Model A B C D E F 802 1 1ac MIMO see chapter A 20 802 11ac MIMO Standards on page 269 WLANACMODA WLANACMODB WLANACMODC WLANACMODD WLANACMODE WLANACMODF 802 11ac MIMO Model A B C D E F 802 11p see chapter A 22 802 11p Chan nel Models on page 280 WLANPRURALLOS WLANPURBA NAPPLOS WLANPURBANCRON LOS WLANPHIGHWAYNLOS WLANPHIGHWAYLOS 802 11p Channel models Rural LOS Urban Approach ing LOS Urban Crossing NLOS Highway LOS
175. consisting of the two components is always constant At a high power ratio the discrete Doppler component prevails At a low power ratio the distributed Rayleigh component prevails Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSTMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt PRATIO on page 150 Frequency Spread Fading Profile gt Gauss Watterson Sets the frequency spread for the Gauss Watterson fading Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt FSPRead on page 149 Path Table Frequency Shift Fading Profile gt Gauss Watterson Enters the frequency shift for the Gauss Watterson fading Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSTMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt FSHift on page 148 Const Phase Enters the phase by which the path is multiplied Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt CPHase on page 146 Start Phase Fading Profile gt Pure Doppler WM Doppler A transmission path with the set start phase rotation is simulated which can undergo attenuation loss or delay Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt CPHase on page 146 Speed Enters the speed vof the moving receiver The Resulting Doppler Shift fp is calculated as fp v c fpr where far is the frequency of the RF output signal or the virtual RF frequency and c
176. d is considered in any signal routing with summed signals However if the baseband signal is additionally faded and routed at the output of the fading simulator so that the faded signals from both paths are summed the real path gain is measured at the output of the Fading blocks and set with the parameter Sum mation Ratio A B The relative gain set with the parameter Path Gain in the Baseband block is ignored A positive value of the parameter Summation Ration A B indicates a stronger signal on path A respectively a negative value indicates a stronger signal on path B SCPI command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator SUM RATio on page 135 8 Remote Control Commands This subsystem contains the commands necessary to configure the fading simulator in a remote environment We assume that the R amp S SMW has already been set up for remote operation in a network as described in the R amp S SMW documentation A knowl edge about the remote control operation and the SCPI command syntax are assumed o Conventions used in SCPI command descriptions For a description of the conventions used in the remote command descriptions see section Remote Control Commands in the R amp S SMW user manual Required Options All SCPI commands described in this section require at least the R amp S SMW B14 option For better overview this option is not listed at each command Additionally required options however are listed The dynamic fa
177. dards and navigate to the required high speed train scenario 3GPP gt High Speed Train gt HST 3 Tunnel Multi Antenna DL UL If not enabled activate the parameter Fading gt Path Table gt Consider DL RF gt On Select Fading gt Path Table gt Virtual DL RF Fp 2 14 GHz Select Fading gt Fading Settings gt State gt On Use the command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator HSTRain FDOPpler to query the resulting Doppler shift Compare the example below and the Doppler shift trajectory specified in the 3GPP TS36 104 High Speed Train Scenario Settings To access these settings 1 2 Select Fading gt Fading Settings gt Standards Navigate to the required high speed train scenario e g 3GPP gt High Speed Train gt HST 3 Tunnel Multi Antenna DL UL The 3GPP HST dialog displays the default values of the High Speed Train sce narios and allows you to adjust them for further tests O General Restart Insertion Loss Config High Speed Train Auto Coupled Parameters Profile Pure Doppler e S S Speed 299 999 km h Ss S M S S D min 2 0 m Doppler Shift Hz e a S s D s 300m R Ss EI Consider DL RF On a Ss e Ze S S Virtual DL RF 2 140 000 000 00 GHz ty h A eh Al eh cli LL EER EP PE 2 6 Lt i Time Sec User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 75 High Speed Train State Activates deactivates simulatio
178. dely divergent signal strengths are output on a common output path A to B B to B Dual channel fading The fading signal from fader A and the fading signal from fader B are both output on baseband path B A to A and B B to A and B Dual channel fading The fading signal from fader A and the fading signal from fader B are output on baseband path A and baseband path B The possible applications are basically analogous to the A to A B to A routing With this routing however the signal at the output of the fading simulator is split up and routed to both paths the processing of these two paths after the fading can be differently To simulate a fur ther degradation of the receiving conditions for instance use the pro vided function to superimpose the signal of one of the paths by noise or destroy it A to A and B B open The fading signal from fader A is output on baseband path A and baseband path B The signal from fader B is not output the signal flow of baseband B is interrupted User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 82 A open B to A and B The fading signal from fader B is output on baseband path A and baseband path B The signal from fader A is not output the signal flow of baseband A is interrupted Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator ROUTe on page 124 6 Multiple Input Multiple Output MIMO Provided that the instrument is equipped with the required options the R amp S SMW sup ports versatile MI
179. ding configuration and switches the fading simulation on and off Parameters lt State gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 Example SOUR2 FSIM BIRT STAT ON selects birth death propagation for fader B and switches on fad ing in path B Manual operation See Configuration on page 27 Delay Modes SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROupsst PATH ch ADELay 144 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH ch ADELay 144 SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROupsst PATH ch BDELay 144 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupsst PATH ch BDELay 144 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt CORRelation COEFficient 145 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt CORRelation PHASe 145 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt CORRelation STATe 146 ESOURces lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROupsst gt PATH lt ch gt CPHase nnen 146 ESOURces lt hw gt J FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROupsst gt PATH lt ch gt FDOPpler 147 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt FDOPpler RESulting 147 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt FDOPpler ACTual 147 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROupsst PATH ch FRATiO
180. ding configurations Birth Death Moving Propagation 2 Channel Inter ferer and High Speed Train are available with option R amp S SMW K71 See also chapter 3 1 Required Options on page 17 Common Suffixes The following common suffixes are used in remote commands Suffix Value range Description ENTity lt ch gt 16 entity in a multiple entity configuration ENTity3 4 5 6 7 8 require option R amp S SMW K76 SOURce lt hw gt DI 8 available faders SOURce3 4 5 6 7 8 require option R amp S SMW K76 only SOURce1 possible if the keyword ENTity is used GROup lt st gt DI A available fading path groups PATH lt ch gt DIS available fading paths TAP lt ch gt 1 10 available MIMO taps RAY lt st gt 1 6 available SCM clusters rays CLUSter lt ch gt 1 20 available SCME WIMMER clusters B Using SCPI command aliases for advanced mode with multiple entities You can address multiple entities configurations by using the SCPI commands starting with the keyword SOURce or the alias commands starting with the keyword ENT ity Note that the meaning of the keyword SOURce lt hw gt changes in the second case For details see section SCPI Command Aliases for Advanced Mode with Multiple Entities in the R amp S SMW user manual 8 1 General Settings Programming examples This description provides simple programming examples The purpose of the examples is to present all commands for
181. ding path consists by default of one ray but you can define up to six rays per path The AoA Angle of Arrival AoD Angle of Departure parameters i e AoA AoD angles angle spreads AS and distribution of the rays as well as the distances between the antennas at the Tx and the Rx side are configura ble To access the dialog with TGn TGac settings 1 Enable a MIMO configuration select the Fading Path Table Matrix 2 Select Fading Correlation Matrix gt Matrix Mode gt AoA AoD Fading E1 Correlation Matrix Current Path Tap atrix Mode AoA AoD M Data Format Magnitude Phase RX Antenna Dist 0 5 Off Off Off Off Off TX Antenna Dist 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace RX TX Antenna Distance Determines the distance between the Tx and Rx antennas as function of the wave length lambda and is calculated as follow Physical Antenna Distance RX TX Antenna Distance A where the wave length A c Frequency and c is the speed of light Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TGN ANTenna DISTance RX on page 173 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TGN ANTenna DISTance TX on page 173 Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration Ray State Enables disables the selected ray Rem
182. e FSIM DEL STAT ON activates the Standard Delay fading configuration FSIM DEL GRO2 PATH BDEL 1E 3 sets a delay of 1 ms for fading group 2 This value applies to all of the paths in the group Manual operation See Basic Delay on page 46 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt CORRelation COEFficient lt Coefficient gt Determines the magnitude of the complex correlation coefficient The higher the entered percentage the greater the correlation of the statistical fading processes for the two paths Highly correlated ambient conditions for the signal are simulated in this manner Sets the correlation coefficient of the correlated path of the second fader also to the entered value Parameters lt Coefficient gt float Range 0 to 100 Increment 0 1 RST 100 Default unit PCT Example FSIM DEL STAT ON activates the Standard Delay fading configuration FSIM DEL GRO2 PATH CORR STAT ON switches on the correlation of fading path 1 of group 2 of fader A to fading path 1 of group 2 of fader B FSIM DEL GRO2 PATH CORR COEF 95 specifies a correlation coefficient of 95 for the two paths Manual operation See Correlation Coefficient on page 49 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt CORRelation PHASe lt Phase gt Determines the phase of the complex correlation coefficient Sets the phase of the correlatio
183. e Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 3 0 2 6 8 10 Delay ns 0 200 500 1600 2300 5000 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 3 3 3 3 3 3 A 2 2 GSM TU50 6 Path Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 3 0 2 6 8 10 Delay ns 0 200 500 1600 2300 5000 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 50 50 50 50 50 50 R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Predefined Fading Settings mm A 2 3 GSM HT100 6 Path Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 1 5 4 5 7 5 8 17 7 Delay ns 0 100 300 500 15000 17200 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 100 100 100 100 100 100 A 2 4 GSM RA250 6 Path Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Type Rice Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 4 8 12 16 20 Delay ns 0 100 200 300 400 500 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off
184. e Delay Faing Ciociaate DS 000 Sign Dedicated To Auto Detect Output Dedicated Frea 1 955 000 000 00 GHz Ignore RF Changes lt 5 Ignore RF Changes lt 5 Fig 4 2 Dedicated Frequency and Dedicated Connector understanding the displayed informa tion 1 Fader 1 2 Fader2 1a Dedicated Connector RF A because Stream A master is routed to RF A 1b Dedicated Connector BBMM 2 because Stream D is routed to BBMM 2 and an external instrument is connected to this interface 2a Dedicated Frequency Freq A 2 143 GHz 2b Dedicated Frequency RF Frequencyeyternal RF instrument Frequency Offset 1 95 GHz 5 MHz 1 955 GHz Auto Detect Output The Doppler shift is calculated based on the actual RF frequency that is dynamically detected depending on e the current signal routing in the Stream Mapper in particular the routing and the enabled Frequency Offset of the first master stream of each Fader Note The RF frequencies and the Frequency Offset of all other Streams are ignored e the external instrument connected to the output interface the master stream is routed to System Configuration gt External RF and UO the RF Frequency of the connected instrument System Configuration gt External RF and UO The R amp S SMW continuously monitors these parameters calculates the frequency and displays the Dedicated Frequency the Dedicated Conn
185. e adjacent symbol is not equal to 0 The fading process is therefore statistically not independent of the process of generating the modulation signal The automatic calculation of the inser tion loss is not correct Example Correlated processes within the fading simulator Enabled is a fading configuration consisting of two paths with a pure Doppler profile and a resulting Doppler shift of 100 Hz The start phases of the two paths differ This causes super impositions which in the worst case e g with a phase setting of 0 and 180 may lead to the deletion of the signal automatic calculation of the insertion loss is not possible The related settings are summarized in dialog Fading gt Insertion Loss Config Coupled Parameters gt Insertion Loss Configuration see chapter 4 3 1 Insertion Loss Config uration Settings on page 37 Coupling Fading Parameters In standard mode System Configuration gt Mode gt Standard you can couple certain parameters and adjust them jointly With enabled coupling the setting of one of the Fading blocks are transferred to the second fading simulator A subsequent change in the settings of one of the fading simulators results in settings adaptation in the other Logically coupled parameters are available in instruments equipped with more than one Fading Simulator i e more than one R amp S SMW B14 options The related settings are summarized in dialog Fading gt Insertion Loss Config C
186. e cota endive estates edt eben dod cv du 227 SUI 2 30 ant 7596 rede itur eta edic rtu dev id ern ea eed ka ro dod XY a 227 SUL 3 omni ant EE 228 A 9 10 A 9 11 A 9 12 A 9 13 A 9 14 A 9 15 A 9 16 A 9 17 A 9 18 A 9 19 A 9 20 A 9 21 A 9 22 A 9 23 A 9 24 A 9 25 A 9 26 A 9 27 A 9 28 A 9 29 A 9 30 A 9 31 A 9 32 A 10 A 10 1 A 10 2 A 10 3 A 10 4 A 10 5 A 10 6 A 10 7 A 10 8 A 10 9 SULS omni ant d EE 228 SULS 0 ant 90 nti save lie aiina aaea ete ver annae dati ended v ER ER e 228 SUIS Ae En LE 229 SUl omni ant EE 229 SUL4 omni ant EE 230 SUI 4 30 ant 9096 tired edd ertet ete vee aves edet DE dod v EE Eu 230 SUIA e ELE 230 SUIS omni ant EE 231 SUIS omni ant d EE 231 SUIS Weu E EE 232 SUNS 30 ant 9096 induti tad eran veter ddie artes did eenden cv rd EE 232 SUI 5 30 ant 7596 tnde iin td nail erede dg ra de dot a rio dod X Ea 232 SUI b 30 ant 5096 tein ted conet eee dti qiie aic did re dod c EE 233 SUI 6 omni ant 9096 inui iiiter der reci rere natae cere Peg ed a a red e eR E odo 233 SUI 6 omni ant 19 EE 234 SULG omni ant DE 234 SUI 630 ant 9096 idein dade etas ter etuer dea ence det Ya res ded ere 234 SUI 6 30 ant EE 235 SUIG OC ECKE 235 gerer reerde Avene nn ns 236 TO elle liseerde dan etna baatte de asma ennn 236 ITU On 236 OD AOP 237 NV Er o e 237 ell erry ee 237 EPA E
187. e parameter for paths with Rice fading 6 Pure display parameters are on a dark background 7 Access to a Vector or a MIMO Matrix for configuration of the correlation between the chan nels 4 Inthe path table navigate to the row Coefficient and for the corresponding path select Matrix or Vector The Fading Correlation Matrix dialog comprises the parameters necessary to adjust the correlation between the channels You can define the correlation in one of the following ways e In Matrix Mode gt Individual Fading E1 Correlation Matrix Fig 6 3 Correlation matrix in an individual matrix mode In this mode you can adjust the matrix coefficients directly in the coefficient matrix e In Matrix Mode gt Kronecker Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration Fading E1 Correlation Matrix Fig 6 4 Correlation matrix in the kronecker mode The definition of the correlation matrix settings is based on the Kronecker assumption i e defined are the Rx and Tx antenna correlation coefficients The instrument calculates automatically the resulting correlation matrix and displays it See chapter 6 3 2 Kronecker Mode Correlation Coefficients on page 93 e In Matrix Mode gt AoA AoD Fading E1 Correlation Matrix Current Path Tap Matix Mode AoA AoD T Data Format Magnitude Phase Fig 6 5 Correlation matrix in TGn format AoA AoD mode
188. e settings are to be copied Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator COPY SOURce on page 120 To Selects a group whose setting is to be overwritten Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator COPY DESTination on page 120 Copy Triggers a copy procedure Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator COPY EXECute on page 120 4 4 3 Path Table Path Table Settings State Path Activates a fading path After activating the fading process is initiated for this path with the selected fading pro file However the fading simulator must be switched on Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator STATe on page 135 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt STATe on page 153 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt STATe on page 153 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator HSTRain PATH STATe on page 155 Profile Determines the fading profile for the selected path The fading profile determines which transmission path or which radio hop is simulated See also Fading Profile on page 22 Depending on which profile is selected certain parameters will be available in the path table and others will not be available With correlated paths the profile setting must agree When correlation is activated the setting of the path for which correlation is switched on is accepted for both paths After wards the
189. ector A warning message informs you if the detection fails the Dedicated Frequency is set to 1 GHz Baseband Output Sets the fader frequency manually The Doppler shift is calculated based on a select Virtual RF frequency If you use an external UO modulator to upconvert the generated faded baseband signal set the value of the parameter Virtual RF to the modulation frequency of the external UO modulator Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator SDEStination on page 128 General Settings Dedicated Frequency In Signal Dedicated To gt Auto Detect Output mode displays the dedicated RF fre quency incl enabled Frequency Offset in the UO Stream Mapper used for the cal culation of the Doppler Shift A warning message informs you if the estimation fails the Dedicated Frequency is set to 1 GHz See also example How the R amp S SMW determines the frequency used for the calculation of the Doppler Shift on page 30 Dedicated Connector Note The Dedicated Frequency cannot be updated if the RF frequency varies very fast for example if a RF Frequency Sweep or a List Mode is active and the parame ter Ignore RF Changes 5PCT is disabled For more details see the data sheet Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSTMulator FREQuency on page 121 Dedicated Connector In Signal Dedicated To gt Auto Detect Output mode displays the connector used to determine the Dedicated Frequency
190. ee of correlation due to a similar environment Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt CORRelation STATe on page 146 Correlation Coefficient Sets the magnitude of the complex correlation coefficient as a percentage The higher the entered percentage the greater the correlation of the statistical fading processes for the two correlated paths Highly correlated ambient conditions for the signal are simulated in this manner Each fader has a maximum of 20 paths Path Table With correlated paths the coefficient setting must agree When correlation is activated the setting of the path for which correlation is switched on is accepted for both paths Afterwards the most recent modification applies to both paths no matter in which path it was made Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt CORRelation COEFficient on page 145 Correlation Coefficient Phase Sets the phase of the complex correlation coefficient in degrees With correlated paths the coefficient phase setting must agree When correlation is activated the setting of the path for which correlation is switched on is accepted for both paths Afterwards the most recent modification applies to both paths no matter in which path it was made Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt CORRelation PHASe on page
191. elay ns 0 100 167 500 fp Hz 0 689 492 886 A 22 5 Highway NLOS As for Highway LOS but with occluding trucks present between the vehicles Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Profile Type Static Custom Custom Custom Relative 0 2 5 7 Loss dB Delay ns 0 200 433 700 fp Hz 0 689 492 886 B Antenna Pattern File Format Antenna pattern files are xml files in the Rohde amp Schwarz proprietary antenna pattern file format These files use the predefined file extension ant pat They describe the antenna pattern as an array with typical resolutions of 1 to 5 degree for both the elevation and azimuth angels Antenna pattern files contain the loss values for a given azimuth and elevation pair For an isotropic antenna for instance that radiates the energy equally in all directions the array elements are all 0 dB Example Antenna with three sectors 3Sectors ant_patt extract The following is an examples of the file format It shows an extract of the description of an antenna pattern with three sectors as this is specified by 3GPP TR 25 996 According to this specification the 3 sector antenna pattern should be used for each sector The antenna pattern is specified by the following equation A min 12 O O348 Am Where e 180 lt O lt 180 is the angle between the direction of interest and the boresight of the antenna Odsgp is the 3dB beamwidth i
192. elay is defined by the minimum delay the delay grid and the number of possible hop positions Max Delay Positions 1 x Delay Grid Min Delay Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath DELay MAXimum on page 139 Start Offset Enters the timing offset by which the start of Birth Death Propagation is offset with respect to when fading is switched on or a restart as a result of a restart trigger This allows the user to precisely displace birth death events with respect to one another during two channel fading This is required in some 3GPP base station tests If the same hopping dwell time is entered in both faders the offset will take place by a constant value Birth Death Propagation Fading On or restart of both faders t Hopping of fa der A Hopping Start Offset A DwellA B X 40 20 30 ale en zo s0 op 100 tme ms 4 Hopping of fader B Hopping Dwell B A a Start Offset B 10 20 30 40 50 amp 70 80 90 100 time ms Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath SOFFset on page 141 Hopping Dwell Enters the time until the next change in the delay of a path birth death event During two channel fading the dwell times of the two channels can be set independ ently This causes the hop time points of the two channels to coincide repeatedly This is a way of simulating tough receiving conditions as arise when two receiving ch
193. ell Shape Bell Shape Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr Relative Loss dB 19 9 15 7 18 5 18 7 12 9 Delay ns 600 600 600 600 600 AoA 315 1 180 4 74 7 251 5 68 5 AS A 48 55 42 28 6 30 7 AoD 56 2 183 7 153 112 5 291 AS D 41 6 55 2 47 4 27 2 33 Speed km h 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 16 Path 17 Path 18 Cluster 2 5 6 6 Profil Typ Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape tgn Indorr Indorr Indorr Indorr Relative Loss dB 19 9 14 2 16 3 21 2 Delay ns 730 730 880 1050 AoA 180 4 68 5 246 2 246 2 AS A 55 30 7 38 2 38 2 AoD 183 7 291 62 3 62 3 AS D 55 2 33 38 38 Speed km h 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace A 21 802 11ac SISO Standards These fading profiles are implemented as the IEEE 802 11ac MIMO models expect that e Correlation Path Off User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 279 A 22 A 22 1 A 22 2 See chapter A 20 802 11ac MIMO Standards on page 269 802 11p Channel Models Coefficient 100 Phase deg 0 802 11p Channel Models According to C2C CC TF Antennae amp Wireless Performance Whitepaper Vs 1 0 Fading Profile Custom Doppler Shape Rayleigh Bandwidth 2 abs f Frequency Offset 0 Hz e for fd gt 0 Lower Cutoff Frequency 0 Upper Cutoff Frequency f for fd lt 0 L
194. en rennes nnnm mak aa nns ma uana rrr aun 258 A19 802 11n MIMO Standard s eren nene en nre raton ana n nya rane iana 258 ASSA Model E 259 Ek Ree H EE 259 remo HH 260 AAS Wee Ne SM R 261 A49 5 Model E noi e Rot eren eenen ed ce eee ec ce eter aive ee uer E eds 263 A 49 6 Model FE tir re reped a esten mess ere etude ed ave ex Eve Esa eR 266 A 20 3802 11ac MIMO Standards nnnnsn saneren ne renenensenenennenneeenennnnneenennenseeenenen 269 A201 Model D 269 A 20 2 ecce 270 AMI R 270 A204 Oe Ne M M 272 A 20 5 Model E ter reiecta e eere eroe Pho du ina eee 274 EAM i atdadse sen 277 A 21 802 11ac SISO REN E TE 279 A22 3802411p Channel Models 21 irren ihre oria ra ino etend rive ore eeninaadveninndeen 280 22 1 Rural EOS insnet rmt cetera tete uis dede Ue pe rd c evene uva ENEE 280 A 22 2 Urban Approaching EOS ore diee ti rede trece dete ed edet wee doe rea ete e 280 A 22 3 Elei ie lee 281 POA Highway LOS s ec eaten nere neen een 281 E WT Highway NLO 281 B Antenna Pattern File Format neren eneen erre 282 Glossary Fading Simulator Specifications References Further Infor AMON E 284 List
195. enar ios see chapter A 14 3GPP LTE High Speed Train on page 250 G3HST1OS G3HST1OSDU G3HST2TLC GSHST2TLCDU 3GPP HST1 Open space according to the test case 3GPP TS25 141 annex D 4A and 3GPP TS36 141 annex B 3 3GPP HST2 Tunnel with leaky cable according to the test case 3GPP TS25 141 annex D 4A G3HST3TMA G3HST3TMADU 3GPP HST3 Tunnel for multi antennas according to the test case 3GPP TS25 141 annex D 4A and 3GPP TS36 141 annex B 3 SCME UMi 3kmh 30kmh SCME UMa 3kmh 30kmh see chapter A 16 SCME Chan nel Models for MIMO OTA on page 254 G3SCMEUMAS3 G3SCMEUMA30 G3SCMEUMI3 G3SCMEUMI30 SCME Urban Micro Macro Cell Channel 3 km h and 30 km h WLAN see chapter A 7 WLAN Stand ards on page 217 HL2A HL2B HL2C HL2D HL2E WLAN HyperLan 18 path DAB see chapter A 8 DAB Stand ards on page 222 DABRA04 DABRAO6 DAB Rural Area 4 and 6 path DABTU12 DABTU06 DAB Typical Urban 12 and 6 path DABSFN DAB Single Frequency Net work in the VHF range 7 path WiMAX WMITUOIPA WMITUOIPB WMI TUVA60 WMITUVA120 Wimax ITU OIP A ITU OIP B ITU V A 60 ITU V A 120 General Settings Standard Test Case see chapter A 9 WIMAX Stand ards on page 224 lt Predefined_Standard gt WMSUI1A360P90 WMSUI1A360P75 WMSUI1A030P90 WMSUI1A030P75 Description SUI 1 omi ant 90 7595 SUI 1
196. enna distance in the SCM fading model Parameters lt TxAntDist gt float Range 0 1 to 2 Increment 0 1 RST 0 5 Example see example Simulating one path TGn fading with two rays with different distributions on page 172 Manual operation See RX TX Antenna Distance on page 96 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt TGN DISTribution Distribution Selects one of the proposed statistical functions to determine the distribution of the selected cluster Parameters lt Distribution gt LAPLace EQUal GAUSs RST EQUal Example see example Simulating one path TGn fading with two rays with different distributions on page 172 Manual operation See Distribution on page 97 TGn Settings SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt TGN RAY lt st gt ARRival ANGLe lt ArrAngle gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt TGN RAY lt st gt DEParture ANGLe lt DepAngle gt Sets the AoA Angle of Arrival AoD Angle of Departure of the selected ray Parameters lt DepAngle gt float Range 0 to 359 9 Increment 0 001 RST 0 lt ArrAngle gt float Range 0 to 359 9 Increment 0 001 RST 0 Example see example Simulating one path TGn fading with two rays with different distributions on page 172 Manual operation See Angle of Departure AoD on page 97 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt TGN RAY lt st gt ARRival SPRead lt ArrSpread gt SOURce
197. er A in the file delay 3gpp FSIM CAT reads all files from the default directory with fading settings Response Birth 3gpp delay 3gpp fad test FSIM LOAD Birth 3gpp loads the fading settings from the file Birth Zopp FSIM DELETE fad test deletes the file fad test Usage Query only Manual operation See Save Recall on page 26 SOURce hw FSIMulator LOAD Filename Loads the specified file containing a fading setting from the default directory The default directory is set with the command MMEM CDIRectory A path can also be specified Only files with the file ending ad are loaded Setting parameters Filename string Example see SOURce FSIMulator CATalog on page 136 Usage Setting only Manual operation See Save Recall on page 26 General Settings SOURce FSlMulator DELETE Filename Deletes the specified file containing a fading setting from the default directory The default directory is set with the command MMEM CDIRectory A path can also be specified Only files with the file ending fad are deleted Note This command is only valid with DELETE in the long form as DEL is used as short form of header keyword DELay Setting parameters lt Filename gt string Example see SOURce FSIMulator CATalog on page 136 Usage Setting only Manual operation See Save Recall on page 26 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator STORe Filename Saves the curren
198. erer MOVing PROFile SPAT SOURcel FSIMulator TCInterferer REFerence LOSS 0 SOURcel FSIMulator TCInterferer MOVing DELay MINimum 0 00003 SOURcel FSIMulator TCInterferer MOVing DELay MAXimum 0 00011 SOURcel FSIMulator TCInterferer MOVing MMODe SLID SOURcel FSIMulator TCInterferer REFerence STATe 1 SOURcel FSIMulator TCInterferer MOVing STATe 1 SOURcel FSIMulator TCINterferer STATe 0 SOURcel FSIMulator STATE 1 2 Channel Interferer SOURcel FSIMulator TCINterferer REFerence FDOPpler Response 3 33564095198152 SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer S TATe eene 183 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator TCINterferer MOVing DELay MAXimum essen 183 SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer MOVing MMODe eren 183 SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer PERiod cesses 184 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator TCiNterferer SPEed nnee eenen ENNEN 184 SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer REFerence MOVing DELay MlNimum 184 SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer REFerence MOVing FDOPpler 185 SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer REFerence MOVing FRATiO cesses 185 SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer REFerence MOVing LOSS sss 185 SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer REFerence MOVing PROFile 186 SOURce hw FSIMulator TClN
199. ern files ant patt Return values Catalog string Example see example Defining an antenna model on page 175 Usage Query only Manual operation See User Defined Antenna Patterns per Row Column on page 109 SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna POLarization PRATio HORizontal lt AntPolPowRatHor gt SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna POLarization PRATio VERTical lt AntPolPowRatVer gt Sets the cross polarization power ratio XPR in dB Parameters lt AntPolPowRatVer gt float Range 0 to 20 Increment 0 001 RST 9 Example see example Defining an antenna model on page 175 Manual operation See Vertical Horizontal Cross Polarization Power Ratio on page 106 SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna RX COLumn SIZE lt AntModRxColSize gt SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna RX ROWS SIZE lt AntModRxRowSize gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna TX COLumn SIZE lt AntModTxColSize gt SOURce lt hw gt FSiMulator MIMO ANTenna TX ROWS SIZE lt AntModTxRowSize gt Sets the number of rows and the number of columns in the antenna array Parameters lt AntModTxRowSize gt ANTO1 ANTO2 ANTO3 ANT04 ANTO8 RST ANTO1 Example see example Defining an antenna model on page 175 Manual operation See Number of Rows M Columns N on page 107 SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna RX ESPacing CROSs Cross SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna TX ESPacing CROSs Cross SOURce FSIMulator MIMO A
200. ers Sets the speed of the paths for both faders The parameter Common Speed For All Paths is also coupled Remote command SOURce hw FSIMulator COUPle SPEed on page 138 Local Constant Coupled Coupled Parameters With lognormal fading the parameter Local Constant is coupled for the paths of both faders Remote command SOURce hw FSIMulator COUPle LOGNormal LCONstant on page 137 Path Table Standard Deviation Coupled Coupled Parameters With lognormal fading the parameter Standard Deviation is coupled for the paths of both faders Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator COUPle LOGNormal CSTD on page 137 Start Seed Enters the start seed for random processes inside the fading simulator The autocorre lation of different seeds is more than seven days apart This value is global for the instrument If two instruments run with the same seed fading processes will be identi cal after a retrigger of the fading simulator While working in MIMO mode that requires two instruments set the start seeds of the instruments to different values Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator GLOBal SEED on page 121 4 4 Path Table The settings for configuration of the fading paths are grouped in a path table 1 To access this dialog select Fading gt Fading Settings gt Path Table The path table comprises the individual path and group parameters Path Table sS S 34 ai E op Of
201. ests the resulting Doppler shift is based only on the used DL fre quency e n HST BS tests the DL signal itself already contains a Doppler shift The UE syn chronizes on this shifted DL frequency The simulated UL signal contains a Dop pler shift too The resulting Doppler shift is than based on both the UL and the DL frequency To enable the fading simulator to consider the DL Doppler shift use the following two parameters e Consider DL RF e Virtual DL RF General recommendations on performing HST BS tests The following is a list of the general steps required to enable the fading simulator to generate the signal required for the HST BS tests 1 Setthe RF Frequency of the instrument to the Fy as defined in the specification 2 Enable a high speed train scenario with extension DL UL in its name 3 If not enabled activate the parameter Fading gt HST Path Table gt Consider DL RF On 4 Setthe value of the parameter Fading HST Path Table Virtual DL RF to the En as defined in the specification R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Fading Settings mm Example Configuring the fading simulator to generate a HST BS test signal according to 3GPP TS36 104 For frequency Band 1 tests the specification defines Fp 2 14 GHz and Fy 1 95 GHz The resulting Doppler shift is Fp 1140 Hz In the status bar select Frequency Fy 1 95 GHz Select Fading A gt Fading Settings gt Stan
202. etFreq gt lt LowerCutFreq gt lt UpperCutFreq gt Sets the paramters of the custom fading profile Parameters lt Bandwidth gt lt OffsetFreq gt lt LowerCutFreq gt lt UpperCutFreq gt Example Manual operation float Range 50 to 40000 Increment 1 RST 200 Default unit Hz float Range 23950 to 23950 Increment 1 RST 0 Default unit Hz float Range 4000 to 3950 Increment 1 RST 0 Default unit Hz float Range 3950 to 4000 Increment 1 RST 100 Default unit Hz see example Enabling configuring and disabling a custom fad ing profile on page 186 See Bandwidth on page 79 See Frequency Offset on page 79 See Lower Upper Cutoff Frequency on page 79 A 1 A 1 1 CDMA Standards Predefined Fading Settings The predefined fading settings correspond to the test scenarios stipulated in the com mon mobile radio standards The following tables provide a listing of the predefined standards along with the underlying test scenarios and the enabled settings CDMA Standards etiain eese aca eie ea er tasa xa e uec asa Dare iandaacnetaaaraaaagenuanacs GSM BIAROSEOUS re etico a teat rta riri t Gra ga lote oae entes ed Ye ape a aqaa ed a Sa eT ve ten ERT ale Ee Ee EEN PON Ree Ei EE Nee PET area aniria niaii ai a padinan iiai iiaii a SGPP Stanmdatds utei td eI cett erba ec dre e tr etur eee nerd WAN GSA NS terr corde ver F e EE sagt vere Ue vera c ona devel Crede Cri e
203. ettings A 12 WIMAX MIMO Standards A 12 1 ITU Pedestrian B 3 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 0 0 9 4 9 8 7 8 23 9 Delay ns 0 200 800 1200 2300 3700 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 dB Speed 3 3 3 3 3 3 km h Table 1 28 MIMO Parameter High Correlation real imagi real imagi real imagi nary nary nary TAP 1 1 0 0 1468 0 4156 0 0303 0 7064 0 1468 0 4156 1 0 0 28913 0 1163 0 0303 0 7064 0 28913 0 11629 1 0 0 298 0 09111 0 0303 0 7064 0 1468 0 4156 0 TAP 2 1 0 0 4467 0 4227 0 4007 0 6073 0 10191 0 4467 0 4227 1 0 0 0777 0 44066 0 6073 0 4007 0 6073 0 0777 0 4407 1 0 0 4227 0 4357 0 1019 0 4007 0 6073 0 4467 0 4227 1 TAP 3 1 0 0 2906 0 4347 0 6664 0 262 0 07976 0 2906 0 4347 1 0 0 30755 0 21355 0 6664 0 6664 0 262 0 30755 0 2135 1 0 0 2906 0 07976 0 36582 0 6664 0 262 0 2906 0 4347 1 TAP 4 1 0 0 4273 0 4259 0 6522 0 2088 0 18976 0 4273 0 4259 1 0 0 36761 0 18855 0 6522 0 6522 0 2088 0 36761 0 1886 1 0 0 4273 0 18976 0 36699 0 6522 0 2088 0 4273 0 4259 1 0 TAP 5 1 0 0 7026 0 3395 0 5378 0 4866 0 21266 0 52447 EM User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 242 R
204. f profile f2 Time The instrument simulates a situation in which the conditions after a return frequency hop have not changed substantially i e the receiv ing conditions are the same as those from before the frequency hop An example of a real word situation is a pedestrian with a receiver that has moved only a few meters In this mode the number of target hop frequencies and frequency hops is limited to four because the random processes for all of the prior hop frequencies are computed in parallel Restart Settings Out Of Band Frequency hopping is activated The random process of the fader is restarted after a hop back to a previous target hop frequency and is thus not correlated with the random process which was underway prior to the frequency hop to this frequency Power Profile for fequency fl New profile br frequency fl Profile for frequency amp Frequeny hopping fl to f2 Frequeny hopping f2 to fl Time In this mode the number of target frequencies and frequency hops is unlimited since the random process is computed only on the current frequency Remote command SOURce hw FSIMulator HOPPing MODE on page 122 4 2 Restart Settings gt To access this dialog select Fading gt Restart Fading A Restart Mode Selects the event which leads to a restart of the fading To achieve repeatable test conditions after each restart the fading process starts at a fixed starting point The fading proces
205. fading process always begins at a fixed starting point after each restart This helps to achieve repeatable test conditions Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator STATe on page 135 Copy To Entity requires option R amp S SMW K76 In System Configurations with multiple entities copies the settings of the current fad ing simulator to all or to the selected entities See also chapter 6 1 Multiple Entity MxN MIMO Test Configurations on page 85 Remote command SOURce hw FSIMulator SISO COPY on page 120 General Settings Set to Default Activates the default settings of the fading simulator By default a path is activated with a Rayleigh profile and a slow speed All of the other paths are switched off The following table provides an overview of the settings The preset value is indicated for each parameter in the description of the remote control commands Table 4 1 Default values Parameter Value State Off Standard User Configuration Standard Delay Signal Dedicated to RF Output Speed Unit km h Restart Event Auto Ignore RF Changes Off Frequency Hop Mode Off Insertion Loss Insertion Loss Mode Normal Coupled Parameters All States Off Path Configuration State of path 1 On State of all other paths Off Profile Rayleigh Delays 0 Speed of path 1 Slow Speed of all other paths 0 Remote command SOURce lt hw gt
206. ff off off off with Power 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio dB Freq 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio Speed 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 km h Path 10 Path 11 Path 12 Path 13 Path 14 Path 15 Path 16 Path 17 Path 18 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss 0 1 9 2 8 5 4 7 3 10 6 13 4 17 4 20 9 dB Delay 320 430 560 710 880 1070 1280 1510 1760 ns LogNor off off off off off off off off off mal Corr off off off off off off off off off with Power 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio dB Freq 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio Speed 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 km h Corresponds to a typical large open space environment for NLOS conditions and an average rms delay spread of 250ns A 8 DAB Standards A 8 1 DAB RA 4Tabs DAB Standards Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Profile Type Rice Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 2 10 20 Delay ns 0 200 400 600 LogNormal off off off off Corr with off off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 120 120 120 120 Tap 2 S d 0 1 0 02 A 8 2 DAB RA 6 Tabs Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Rice Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 0 4 8 12 16 20
207. file Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 1 1 1 0 0 A 15 3 3GPP LTE Moving Propagation Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Delay ns 0 50 120 200 230 LogNormal off off off off off Corr with off off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 dB Doppler Hz Speed km h 120 120 120 120 120 Path 6 Path 7 Path 8 Path 9 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 3 5 7 Delay ns 500 1600 2300 5000 LogNormal off off off off Corr with off off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 0 Doppler Hz Speed km h 120 120 120 120 Period 157 0796s 2 PI 0 04 Amplitude 5us 10us 2 Pure Doppler Moving UL Timing Adjustment Scenario 2 Table 1 36 3GPP TS36 141 annex B 4 Moving Propagation Conditions Path 1 Profile Type Pure Doppler Loss dB 0 Delay ns 0 LogNormal off Corr with off Power Ratio dB 0 Doppler Hz Speed km h 350 Period 48 33s 2 PI 0 13 SCME Channel Models for MIMO OTA Amplitude 5us 10us 2 A 16 SCME Channel Models for MIMO OTA The SCME models define 6 clusters characterized by the delay the AoA AoD AS and PAS shape The following antenna polarization and antenna pattern settings apply for all SCME models Antenna Settings Polarization Distance d Antenna Pattern Tx Cross 45 0 Dipole Rx Cro
208. g Profile The custom fading profile allows you to modify the classical Jakes and Flat fading pro files These modified profiles are required by the IEEE 802 11p channel models A frequency offset forser can be applied to shift the spectrum of the original profile Two cut off frequencies f lower and f upper can be configured to set the lower and upper cut off frequencies of the resulting spectrum see figure 4 10 Custom Fading Profile Orginal Shifted ll Final Virtual BW 2 ZS E E a E 8 e Signal BW I o S EL a L l l l 0 5 0 4 0 3 0 2 0 1 02 fr 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 e Di Frequency du offaet u Fig 4 10 Resulting asymmetric Doppler spectrum In the Fading Simulator all these required profile parameters are configurable see Custom Fading Profile Settings on page 78 Custom Fading Profile Settings To access these settings 1 Select Fading gt Fading Settings gt Path Table 2 Select Profile gt Custom 3 Select Custom Profile gt Custom Data R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Fading Settings mm Customized Fading Profile A 1 1 Doppler Shape Rayleigh Bandwidth Frequency Offset Lower Cutoff Frequency Upper Cutoff Frequency Power dB Frequen y Hz 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 Doppler Shape Sets the Doppler shape Flat or Rayleigh of the virt
209. gation UDYNamic The User Dynamic configuration is provided for future use RST STANdard Example SOURcel FSIMulator CONFiguration MDELay selects a moving propagation configuration SOURcel FSIMulator MDELay STATe ON activates the moving propagation for fader A Manual operation See Configuration on page 27 General Settings SOURce hw FSIMulator SISO COPY lt CopyToDest gt In System Configurations with multiple entities L 2 copies the settings of the cur rent fading simulator to all or to the selected entities Parameters lt CopyToDest gt FADB FADA FADC FADD FADF FADE FADG FADH ALL RST ALL Example SOURcel FSIMulator SISO COPY ALL Options R amp S SMW K76 Manual operation See Copy To Entity on page 25 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator COPY DESTination Destination Selects a group whose settings will be overwritten Parameters lt Destination gt integer Range 1 to 4 Standard Delay 8 Fine Delay RST 2 Example see SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator COPY SOURce on page 120 Manual operation See To on page 43 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator COPY EXECute Copies the settings of a fading path group to the selected one Example see SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator COPY SOURce on page 120 Usage Event Manual operation See Copy on page 43 SOURce hw FSIMulator COPY SOURce Source Sets the group whose settings are to be copied Parameters
210. gs cocaina nen uasa tenni aa 169 8 7 1 Relative Gain ecd cd eee uu eu ae e Lee ada EEN EEEE 169 8 72 Phase Shift rsr bat eer ecd reads 170 8 8 KCH Setting Siicsiicccccccsscsscccccccesececcccsvecccccdiesscctveseveeceeedsanedeieedsesecvtvssavsscevdsseacdereisaseecvevs 172 8 9 SCME WINNER I WINNER Il and Antenna Model Settings 175 8 10 2 Channel Interferer scacasstees sententesssecucteessenauenessseaeectessaascereeesaneeatesss 182 8 11 Custom Fading Profile annua saenzerensnnanserensenensvenandentenennannnenrentaanmensninknenvannannnanikt 186 A Predefined Fading Settings eee 188 A1 CDMA Standards anas niente nire nana Er due nee Pla sais ne ipud vanananndduannaare 188 A 1 1 CDMA 1 8km h 2 Path ennen enne rennen nnne nennen 188 A 1 2 CDMA 2 30km h 2 Path nnen nennen nennen 189 A 1 3 CDMA 3 30km h 1 Path nnee ener 189 A 1 4 CDMA 4 100km h 3 Path eneen nennen nnne nenne 190 A 1 5 CDMA 5 Okm h 2 Path seeped etate etn ern seine a REENEN Ne 190 A 1 6 CDMA 6 3km h 1 Path ener nne nnne enne 190 A2 GSM Standards sseeetussEESCESSEEEESEEASEEEESREEEEEEEESEESEEEEESEEEAEEEESSEEEEEEEeSEEEEgEEEESEEEEEEEEEE EAR 191 A2 1 GSM TUS 6 Path rite enc ter re teelten 191 A22 et UL LEE 191 A23 GSM HT100 6 Path niece aed a E ot a pee o ERR TR denn eee 192 A24 GSMRA250 6 Path t tiene aeui ga ERR E EE teat atas
211. gt Selects the fading profile for the paths Parameters lt Profile gt Manual operation SPATh RAYLeigh PDOPpler RICE CPHase OGAUs TGAUs DGAUs WDOPpler WRICe GDOPpler GFD8 GFD1 WATTerson BELLindoor BELVehicle SPAT static transmission path PDOPpler RAYLeigh RICE pure Doppler Rayleigh Rice CPHase constant phase OGAUs TGAUs DGAUs GDOPpler GFD8 GFD1 GAUS1 GAUS2 GAUSDAB Gauss Doppler Gauss 0 08 f4 Gauss 0 01 fy WATTerson Gauss Watterson WDOPpler WRICe WiMAX Doppler WiMAX Rice BELLindoor BELVehicle Bell Shape tgn Indoor Bell Shape tgn Moving Vehicle RST RAYLeigh See Profile on page 44 Delay Modes SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt RDELay SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt RDELay Queries the Resulting Delay of the paths for the selected fading configuration The Resulting Delay is the sum of the Basic Delay SOURce FSIM BDELay and the Additional Delay SOURce FSIM ADELay Return values lt RDelay gt float Range 0 to max Increment 10E 9 RST 0 Example FSIM DEL STAT ON activates the Standard Delay fading configuration FSIM DEL GRO2 PATH BDEL 2E 4 sets a Delay Offset of 200 us for group 2 FSIM DEL GRO2 PATH2 ADEL 1E 5 sets an Additional Delay of 10 us for fading path 2 of group 2 FSIM DEL GRO2 PATH2 RDEL queries the Resulti
212. gt Off the default parameter settings are used for simulation and not the current polarization settings Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna MODeling STATe on page 179 Vertical Horizontal Cross Polarization Power Ratio Channel Polarization Set tings Sets the cross polarization power ratio XPR in dB XPR P P and XPR Dada The resulting channel polarization matrix S is displayed Remote command SOURCe FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna POLarization PRATio HORizontal on page 180 SOURCe FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna POLarization PRATio VERTical on page 180 S Channel Polarization Settings Displays the resulting channel polarization matrix S calculated as s K S Sp Su Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration Where S Sw Shn 1 e Gun and S are commonly designated as S and are calculated from the equation E Sxy Pxy where E is the expectation i e the mean power per polarization component P are derived from the selected Vertical Horizontal Cross Polarization Power Ratio XPR e Itis assumed that the elements of the channel polarization matrix are uncorrelated Le E SijSIk 0 for i j k 1 Tx Rx Antenna Array Structure Comprises the settings necessary to define the antenna elements i e the antenna array structure and the antenna element radiation pattern for both the transmit and receive antenna arrays A figure displays the structure of the current antenna
213. h Loss dB 0 0 3 0 9 Delay ns 4690 7290 14580 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 Speed km h 50 50 50 3GPP Mobile Case 8 UE CQI 3GPP TS 25 101 V6 2 0 2003 09 annex B2 2 Table B 1C Path 1 Path 2 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 10 Delay ns 0 976 LogNormal off off Corr with off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 Speed km h 30 30 3GPP Mobile PA3 3GPP TS 25 101 V6 2 0 2003 09 annex B2 2 ITU Pedestrian A HSDPA R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Predefined Fading Settings ee Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 9 7 19 2 22 8 Delay ns 0 110 190 410 LogNormal off off off off Corr with off off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 3 3 3 3 A 6 11 3GPP Mobile PB3 3GPP TS 25 101 V6 2 0 2003 09 annex B2 2 ITU Pedestrian B HSDPA Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 0 0 9 4 9 8 7 8 23 9 Delay ns 0 200 800 1200 3700 LogNormal off off off off Corr with off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 Speed 3 3 3 3 km h A 6 12 3GPP Mobile VA3 3GPP Mobile VA30 3GPP Mobile VA120 Table 1 10 3GPP TS 25 101 V6 2 0
214. h of the Fading blocks Select Fading gt Fading Settings Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration eC Qo Standard ETU 70Hz Low Configuration Standardine Delay Sign Dedicated To Auto Detect Output Ignore RF Changes lt 5 Fig 6 1 General settings in System Configuration gt 2x2x2 multi entity mode L 2 In System Configurations with multiple entities L gt 1 the dialog consists of more than one side tabs one tab per entity The tab name indicates the fader state the settings are related to 3 Select Path Table 1b O o off off E tatic Path Rayleigh Rice Const Phase Gauss Dopple 1 00 EO 0 00 3 00 0 00 0 00 Be 0 000 000 000 00 gne OE menus eR Le wm 3 e 60 00 60 00 60 00 Fig 6 2 Path table settings in single entity mode L 1 Understanding the displayed information 1a 1b Path group number displayed in the first row and path number second row in the table header the example shows 4 groups with different number of active paths the first group is marked with a blue border 2 Fading profile assigned per fading path 3 3a Common group delay of a path group Basic Delay is always 0 for group 1 adjustable for the other groups light grey background 4 Resulting delay per path calculated as the sum of the common group delay and the path spe cific delay Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration 5 Adjustabl
215. has a fix delay while the delay of the moving path varies slowly in a sinusoidal way Hopping The reference path has a fix delay while the delay of the moving path appears or disappears in alternation at arbitrary points in time Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSTMulator TCINterferer MOVing MMODe on page 183 Period Dwell Enters either the dwell time or the period of a complete cycle for the moving path depending on the selected Moving Mode Moving Path Moving Mode Period Dwell Sliding sets the period for a complete cycle of the moving path Hopping sets the dwell time of the moving path The gradient of the delay period ratio may not fall below 6us s that is the minimum value of the period depends on the value of the delay If the value for the delay is increased in a way that the value for the gradient falls below 6us s the value for the period is recalculated automatically Example Delay Min 20 us Delay Max 120 us Moving Mode Sliding Delay max Delay min 2 2rr Period Dwell 6 Period Dwell 314 6 52 36 s The value cannot be decreased below this value Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator TCINterferer PERiod on page 184 High Speed Train In the High Speed Train configuration the fading simulator simulates propagation conditions in conformity with the test case High speed train conditions as defined in 3GPP 25 141 annex D 4A and 3GPP 36 141
216. he two fading paths The minimum delay corresponds to the start value of the delay range The delay range is defined by the minimum delay the delay grid and the number of possible hop positions It can be in the range between 0 and 40 us 0 us lt Positions 1 x Delay Grid Min Delay lt 40 us The scaling of the X axis is adapted according to the entry see Path Graph on page 53 Birth Death Propagation Invalid entries are rejected the next possible value is entered Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath DELay MINimumon page 139 Delay Grid Enters the delay grid The value defines the resolution for the possible hop positions of the two fading paths in the delay range The scaling of the X axis is adapted according to the entry see Path Graph on page 53 Invalid entries are rejected the next possible value is entered Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath DELay GRID on page 139 Positions Enters the number of possible hop positions in the delay range The scaling of the X axis is adapted according to the entry see Path Graph on page 53 Invalid entries are rejected the next possible value is entered Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath POSitions on page 141 Maximum Delay Indication of the maximum delay The maximum delay corresponds to the stop value of the delay range see Path Graph on page 53 The maximum d
217. hw gt FSiMulatorSiAN Gard ronse en dateerde aten 129 ESOURces lt hw gt FSIMulator STANdard REFerence nnnnnnnnnnenenenenne ne nenenennenenvenenenenns 135 ESOURceshwel FSiMulator SUMIRATIO E 135 TSOUbRcechuwslFSiMuatort STATE cae aeae eee eeeeeeeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeesanaea 135 Re EEN KEE 136 ESOURcestwelESIMulator LOAD EE 136 Re Ke Ee DELET E 137 ESOURCGCe hw FSIMulator S TOR Lacie na atenta ttd ts Ene d ote onere vecta enkeld 137 SOURce hw FSIMulator COUPle LOGNormal CSTD esee 137 SOURce hw FSIMulator COUPle LOGNormal L CONStant eene 137 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator COUPle SPEed esses nennen 138 SOURce shw EFSIMulator CSPeed 2 creed aaa aai aiaiai 138 SOURce FSIMulator BYPass STATe lt BypState gt Enables disables bypassing of the fading simulator if the simulator is deactivated Parameters lt BypState gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator CONFiguration Configuration Sets the fading configuration To activate the selected fading configuration use the remote control command for switching the state Parameters lt Configuration gt STANdard BIRThdeath MDELay UDYNamic TCInterferer HSTRain STANdard BIRThdeath MDELay TCInterferer HSTRain Defines the configuration Standard delay Birth Death Propaga tion Moving Propagation 2 Channel Interferer and High Speed Train propa
218. iertererRtterencelMOVing GTATe 186 Activates the 2 channel interferer fading configuration The paths and the fading simulator must be switched on separately see SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator TCINterferer REFerence MOVing STATe and SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator STATe Parameters lt State gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 Example see example Enabling a two channel interferer fading configu ration on page 182 Manual operation See Configuration on page 27 See State on page 69 a o mmm SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer MOVing DELay MAXimum Maximum Sets the maximum delay for the moving path Parameters Maximum float Range dynamic to 0 001 Increment 20E 9 RST 110E 6 Example see example Enabling a two channel interferer fading configu ration on page 182 Manual operation See Delay Max Moving Path on page 70 Selects the type of moving applied to the moving path 2 Channel Interferer Parameters lt MMode gt SLIDing HOPPing RST HOPPing Example see example Enabling a two channel interferer fading configu ration on page 182 Manual operation See Moving Mode Moving Path on page 71 SOURce lt hw gt FSiMulator TCINterferer PERiod Period Sets either the dwell time or the period for a complete cycle of the moving path Parameters lt Period gt float Range 0 1 to 10
219. iguration STAN SOURcel FSIMulator DEL GROupl PATH1 PROFile RICE SOURcel FSIMulator DEL GROupl PATH1 FRATio 1 SOURce1 FSIMulator DEL GROup1 PATH1 FDOPpler RESulting Response 2 77968967451476 set a frequency ratio for the first fading path of group 1 I e set an angle of incidence of about 45 with respect to a receiver that is going away from the transmitter SOURcel FSIMulator DEL GROupl1 PATH1 FRATio 0 71 SOURce1 FSIMulator DEL GROup1 PATH1 FDOPpler RESulting Response 2 77968967451476 SOURcel FSIMulator DELay GROupl PATH1 FDOPpler ACTual Response 1 97 Manual operation See Resulting Doppler Shift on page 48 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt FDOPpler ACTual Queries the actual Doppler shift For the Pure Doppler and Rice Fading profiles the actual Doppler shift is a function of the selected ratio of the Doppler shift to the Doppler frequency SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt FRATio Delay Modes Return values lt ActDoppler gt float Range 4000 0 to 4000 Increment 0 01 RST 0 Example see SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt FDOPpler RESulting on page 147 Usage Query only Manual operation See Actual Doppler Shift on page 49 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt FRATio lt FRatio gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMula
220. ings in conformity with 3GPP FDD Test Case 1 with two fading paths FSIM STAN REF queries the reference in the standard Response 3GPP TS 25 101 V6 2 0 2003 09 annex B2 2 the test case is defined in the specified reference Manual operation See Standard Test Case on page 27 SOURce hw FSIMulator SUM RATio Ratio Set the ratio of the output levels of both paths A and B in case the fader 1 and 2 are added A positive value of the parameter Summation Ration A B indicates a stronger signal on path A respectively a negative value indicates a stronger signal on path B Parameters Ratio float Range 80 to 80 Increment 0 1 RST 0 Example FSIM SUM RAT 30 sets the ratio to 30dB SOURce hw FSIMulator STATe State This command activates fading simulation Parameters State 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 General Settings Example FSIM ON activates fading simulation in baseband path A with the current settings Manual operation See State on page 25 See State Path on page 44 SOURce FSIMulator CATalog Reads out the files with fading settings in the default directory The default directory is set with the command MMEM CDIRectory Only files with the file ending fad are read out Return values lt FileNames gt string Example MMEM CDIR var user fading sets the default directory FSIM STOR delay 3gpp saves the current fading simulator settings of fad
221. io 1 on page 252 Pure Doppler Moving Seechapter A 15 3 Pure Doppler Moving UL Timing Adjustment Scenario 2 on page 253 LTE MIMO Standards EPA Extended Pedestrian A See chapter A 10 2 EPA Extended Pedestrian A on page 238 LTE MIMO Standards A 11 2 EVA Extended Vehicular A See chapter A 10 3 EVA Extended Vehicular A on page 238 A 11 3 ETU Extended Typical Urban See chapter A 10 4 ETU Extended Typical Urban on page 239 A 11 4 MIMO Parameter Table 1 25 R High real imaginary real imaginary real imaginary real imaginary 1 0 0 4193 0 24 0 5297 0 7013 0 3904 0 1669 0 4193 0 24 1 0 0 0538 0 4212 0 5297 0 7013 0 5297 0 7013 0 0538 0 4212 1 0 0 4193 0 24 0 3904 0 1669 0 5297 0 7013 0 4193 0 24 1 0 Table 1 26 R Medium real imaginary real imaginary real imaginary real imaginary Table 1 27 R Low real imaginary real imaginary real imaginary real imaginary 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 The MIMO correlation matrices for the high medium and low antenna correlation for the 1x2 2x2 and 4x2 MIMO configurations are calculated according to 3GPP TS36 101 annex B2 3 2 A 11 5 HST3 Tunnel Multi Antennas See chapter A 14 3 HST3 Tunnel Multi Antennas HST3 Tunnel Multi Antennas DL UL on page 251 R amp S9SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Predefined Fading S
222. ion DXX EE x XX 7 GAREN Fig 6 8 2D planar antenna array structure where each column is a cross polarized 45 antenna with dxp 0 A The user interface illustrates the selected antenna array similarly see Tx Rx Antenna Array Structure Antenna and channel polarization The polarization of an antenna is the polarization of the radiated electromagnetic fields produced by an antenna evaluated in the far field Available are antenna elements with following polarizations horizontal polarization vertical polarization e cross polarization 45 e cross polarization 90 The correlation polarization matrix of the channel is computed from the antenna ele ment polarization angles and the XPR cross polarization power ration of a propagation channel values see Vertical Horizontal Cross Polarization Power Ratio on page 106 Channel correlation matrix The total channel correlation matrix R is computed by the element wise product of the polarization correlation matrix Rp and the spatial correlation matrix Rs i e R RRs The polarization and spatial correlation matrices Rp and Rg are calculated as follows e Spatial correlation matrix Rs Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration The spatial correlation matrix is determined by the spatial characteristics of the channel i e antenna radiation patters at the transmitter and the receiver ends antenna spacings and the PAS of the clusters The correlation between antenna
223. km h 2 path and 6 path TBU TETRA 2 path THT T6HT TETRA Hilly Terrain 200 km h 2 path and 6 path T4ET TETRA Equal Test 200 km h 4 path TDU TETRA Mode Direct Mode Rural Propagation Model 1 path TDR TETRA Mode Urban Propa gation Mode 1 path 3GPP FDD see chapter A 6 3GPP Stand ards on page 206 G3C1 G3C2 G3C3 G3C4 3GPP FDD Test Case x BS G3UEC1 G3UEC2 G3UEC3 G3UEC4 G3UEC5 G3UEC6 3GPP FDD UE Test Case x UE G3UEC7SE 3GPP FDD UE Sector UE G3UEC7BE 3GPP FDD Beam UE G3UEC8CQ 3GPP FDD CQI UE G3UEPA3 G3UEPB3 3GPP FDD Pedestrian A 4 path B 6 path UE G3UEVA3 G3UEVA30 G3UEVA120 G3MBSFN3 3GPP FDD Vehicular A 6 path UE 3GPP MBSFN G3TU3 G3TU50 G3TU120 3GPP FDD Typical Urban 20 path G3HT120 SGPP FDD Hilly Terrain 20 path General Settings Standard Test Case lt Predefined_Standard gt G3RA120 G3RA250 Description 3GPP FDD Rural Area 10 path BD1 3GPP Birth Death 2 path Moving Propagation see chapter A 15 3GPP LTE Moving Propagation on page 252 MD1 3GPP Moving Propagation Ref Moving Channel 2path MPLTEETU200 3GPP Moving Propagation scenario 1 ETU200Hz according to the test case 3GPP TS36 141 annex B4 MPLTEPDOPP 3GPP Moving Propagation scenario 2 AWGN accord ing to the test case 3GPP TS36 141 annex B4 3GPP High Speed Train sc
224. l Routing non MIMO A gt A B gt B APA B gt A A gt B B B A Aand B B Aand B A gt Aand B B open A b open B A and B Signal Routing MIMO System Configuration Summation Ratio A B 0 0 dB Signal Routing In System Configuration Mode Standard defines the signal routing for the fading signal at the output of the fading simulator Note Signal routing for MIMO setups is performed with the settings provided in section MIMO gt System Configuration see also chapter 6 2 Signal Routing Settings in MIMO Configuration on page 85 In remote control however all available signal routing settings are configured with the command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator ROUTe In System Configuration gt Mode gt Standard the input signal of the fading simulator is defined by the setting Baseband Signal Routing An instrument equipped with two fading simulators and two baseband blocks the input signal of each of the fading simulator can be e the signal from a single baseband block e the summation signal from both baseband blocks or e each a signal from one of the two baseband blocks R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Signal Routing non MIMO Settings mm The following is a list of the routing settings for an instruments equipped with two base band blocks two signal paths and two options Fading Simulator R amp S SMW B
225. l Shape tgn Indoor Bell Shape tgn Indoor Bell Shape tgn Indoor Relative Loss 25 5 25 2 26 7 dB Delay ns 340 340 390 AoA 320 2 276 1 276 1 AS A 31 4 37 4 37 4 AoD 49 3 275 9 275 9 AS D 32 1 36 8 36 8 Speed km h 1 2 1 2 1 2 Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace A 19 5 Model E Tap Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Cluster 1 2 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Moving tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor Vehicle Relative 2 6 3 3 5 3 9 4 5 1 8 Loss dB Delay ns O 10 20 30 50 50 AoA 163 7 163 7 163 7 163 7 163 7 251 8 AS A 35 8 35 8 35 8 35 8 35 8 41 6 AoD 105 6 105 6 105 6 105 6 105 6 293 1 AS D 36 1 36 1 36 1 36 1 36 1 42 5 802 11n MIMO Standards Tap Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Speed 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 6 Path 7 Path 8 Cluster 1 2 il 2 1 2 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor Relative 5 6 3 2 6 9 4 5 8 2 5 8 Loss dB Delay ns 80 80 110 110 140 140 AoA 163 7 251 8 163 7 251 8 163 7 251 8 AS A 35 8 41 6 35 8 41 6 35 8 41 6 AoD 105 6 293 1 105 6 293 1 105 6 293 1 AS D 36 1 42 5 36 1
226. l horizontal poliarization RST POLCOO Example see example Defining an antenna model on page 175 Manual operation See Antenna Polarization Slant Angle on page 107 2 Channel Interferer SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna lt di gt RX PFILe lt RxPattern gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna lt di gt TX PFILe lt TxPattern gt Selects the antenna pattern file ant_pat per antenna Suffix lt di gt 1 8 value range depends on the selected system configuration i e the number of Tx and Rx antennas and the antenna array i e number of columns and rows Parameters lt TxPattern gt string Example see example Defining an antenna model on page 175 Manual operation See User Defined Antenna Patterns per Row Column on page 109 8 10 2 Channel Interferer The 2 channel interferer fading configurations are available with option R amp S SMW K71 Example Enabling a two channel interferer fading configuration The following is a simple example on how to configure and enable a two channel inter ferer fading configuration SOURcel FSIMulator CONFiguration TCI SOURcel FSIMulator TCInterferer REFerence PROFile PDOP SOURcel FSIMulator TCInterferer REFerence LOSS 1 SOURcel FSIMulator TCInterferer REFerence SPEed 2 SOURcel FSIMulator TCInterferer REFerence FRATio 0 5 SOURcel FSIMulator TCInterferer REFerence DELay MINimum 0 00003 SOURcel FSIMulator TCInterferer PERiod 160 SOURcel FSIMulator TCInterf
227. lIMulator DELETE trie rtr et rtr n eere Ra erac ic e a E evana 137 TSOUlbcel FGiMulstor MIMO ANTenna PATTem CATalog eene 180 SOURce FSlMulator MIMO ANTenna POLarization PRATio HORizontal SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna POLarization PRATio VERTical 2 SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna RX COLumn SIZE essent SOURce FSlMulator MIMO ANTenna RX ESPacing CROSS nnee rennen neenneeeneeenenenvenn SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna RX ESPacing HORizontal essen SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna RX ESPacing VERTical essent SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna RX PAT Tern nnnennenennvenneeeneeernerenverneeeneneneeennerensvennenenenn SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna RX POLarization ANGLe essent SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna RX ROWS SIZE esses nennen SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTennaxdi RX PFILe esee nnne nnne neret SOURce hw FSIMulator BIRThdeath DELay GRID essent SOURce hw FSIMulator BIRThdeath DELay MAXimum sese 139 SOURce hw FSIMulator BIRThdeath DELay MINimum SOURce hw FSIMulator BIRThdeath F RATiO essent eeenrenr enne SOURce hw FSIMulator BIRThdeath HOPPing DWELI SOURce hw FSIMulator BIRThdeath PATH ch FDOPpler ACTual sese 143 SOURce hw FSIMulator BIRThdeath PATH ch FDOPpDpler
228. lator Table 6 3 Bypass if Fading Off gt On Representation in the block diagram MxN MIMO configuration MxN MIMO configuration where M gt N where M lt N Bypass if Fading Off gt ON during troubleshooting While performing troubleshooting enable this parameter to exclude the impact of the fading in the signal processing SCPI command SOURce FSIMulator BYPass STATe on page 119 7 Summation Ratio A B This parameter is available in System Configuration gt Mode gt Standard i e in non MIMO scenarios gt To access this settings select Fading gt Summation Ratio A B Summation Ratio A B ummation Ratio Fading A B 3 0 dB The Summation Ratio A B setting is used to set the ratio of the output levels of both paths A and B in case the two faded signals are added Faded signals are added in case one of the following signal routing configuration see also chapter 5 Signal Routing non MIMO Settings on page 81 e Signal Routing Ato A B to A e Signal Routing A to B B to B e Signal Routing A to A amp B B to A amp B The Summation Ration A B function is similar to the Baseband Offsets Path Gain function in the Baseband block The Path Gain represents the relative gain of the selected path compared to the baseband signal of the other path and or of the supplied external baseband signal The Path Gain is measured at the output of the Baseband blocks an
229. lator MIMO TAP ch MATRIx CONFIict esee 167 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch MATRIX MODE essent 167 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch MATRix ROW di COLumnzsst MAQGN Itude 168 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch MATRix ROW di COLumnsst PHASe 167 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch TGN DISTribution Ge SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch TGN RAY st ARRival ANGLe eene 174 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch TGN RAY st ARRival SPRead esses 174 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMMO TAP ch TGN RAY st DEParture ANGLe eee 174 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch TGN RAY st DEParture SPRead sss 174 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch TGN RAY et GAIN nennen 174 TSOUlbce chwzlESlMulatorMIMO TAb chzTOGNRANV et GTATe enne 175 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TGN ANTenna DISTance RX SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TGN ANTenna DISTance TX SOUBceshwspFSlMulator PRESSE amer o EE E EN EESE aa Ea S E TENES SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator RES Tart MODE ann ertet ettet endet tp e t c et pg o SOURce hw FSIMulator ROUTe SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator SDEStination SOURcCeshw TEESIMulator SISO G OBY artt circ eet rre ettet aera SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator SPEed UNIT coh fiiera
230. lator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DB GAIN SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DB PHASe SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor DC GAIN een SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DC PHASe SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor DD GAIN een SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DD PHASe SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor DE GAIN senem SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DE PHASe SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor DF GAIN esee nnns SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor DF PHASe sse TSOUlbce bwslES lMulatorMIMO TAbP chz GVE Cior DG GAIN nns SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DG PHASe SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor DH GAIN esee SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor DH PHASe ESOURce lt hw gt J FSlMulator MIMO TAP lt ch GVECtor EA GAIN enen vennennsenneensenseeneenseenennnn ESOURce lt hw gt J FSlMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor EA PHASe nennen senneenvenneenvenseenennn SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor EB GAIN eeeeeen nnns ESOURce lt hw gt FSlMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor EB PHASe nennen een nenneensenneensenseeneenn 171 SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor EC GAIN
231. lculated if the fading sim ulator is disabled Disabled parameter Bypass if Fading Off default state The fading simulator itself is disabled but each output stream is still the linear com bination of the input baseband signals and depend on the current MIMO configura tion Bypassing a Deactivated Fading Simulator Example In a 4x2 MIMO system for instance the two output streams A and B are calculated from all the four input basebands This instrument state is indicated by the sum sym bols l at each output streams Table 6 2 Representation of the instrument state Bypass if Fading Off gt Off In the System Configuration preview diagram In the block diagram Basebands Streams Enabled parameter Bypass if Fading Off Bypasses the Fading block i e the fading simulator is disabled and the base bands bypass unchanged the fading block Depending on the MIMO configuration the block diagram visualizes this behavior different see table 6 3 The absence of the sum symbols confirm the selection too Example e In a 4x2 MIMO system for instance the two output streams A and B are identical to the two input baseband signals A and B The Basebands C and D are not processed e Vice versa in a 3x4 MIMO system the three output streams A B and C are identi cal to the three basebands The stream D is a zero stream that starts after the Fading block Bypassing a Deactivated Fading Simu
232. lect may refer to any of the described methods i e using a finger on the touchscreen a mouse pointer in the display or a key on the instrument or on a key board Notes on Screenshots When describing the functions of the product we use sample screenshots These screenshots are meant to illustrate as much as possible of the provided functions and possible interdependencies between parameters The shown values may not represent realistic test situations The screenshots usually show a fully equipped product that is with all options instal led Thus some functions shown in the screenshots may not be available in your par ticular product configuration Accessing the Fading Simulator 2 Welcome to the Fading Simulator 2 1 The hardware option R amp S SMW B14 in combination with the firmware applications R amp S SMW K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 add functionality to simulate fading propagation conditions The most important R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 features at a glance e Simulation of real time fading conditions in SISO and MIMO modes e Main characteristics in SISO mode Maximal bandwidth Bmax 160 MHz Up to 20 dynamic fading paths in SISO mode in two independent channels e Support of versatile MIMO configurations like 2x2 2x8 and 4x4 MIMO channels with up to 32 MIMO channels Main characteristics of the 4x4 MIMO mode 20 paths per MIMO channel Sampling rate in 4x4 MIMO mode fg 100 MHz Ma
233. lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt TGN RAY lt st gt DEParture SPRead lt DepSpread gt Sets the AoD Angle of Departure AoA Angle of Arrival spread AS of the selected ray Parameters lt DepSpread gt float Range 0 1 to 75 Increment 0 001 RST 0 1 lt ArrSpread gt float Range 0 1 to 75 Increment 0 001 RST 0 1 Example see example Simulating one path TGn fading with two rays with different distributions on page 172 Manual operation See AoD Spread on page 97 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt TGN RAY lt st gt GAIN Gain Sets the relative gain in dB of the selected ray SCME WINNER I WINNER II and Antenna Model Settings Parameters Gain float Range 50 to 0 Increment 0 001 RST 0 Example see example Simulating one path TGn fading with two rays with different distributions on page 172 Manual operation See Relative Gain dB on page 97 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt TGN RAY lt st gt STATe lt RayState gt Enables disables the selected ray Parameters lt RayState gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 Example see example Simulating one path TGn fading with two rays with different distributions on page 172 Manual operation See Ray State on page 97 8 9 SCME WINNER I WINNER Il and Antenna Model Set tings The SCME WINNER and Il and the antenna model settings are available with option R amp S SMW K72 Example Defining an anten
234. ment Parameters lt Seed gt Example Manual operation General Settings integer Range 0 to 9 RST 0 FSIM GLOB SEED 2 sets the start seed to 2 See Start Seed on page 40 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator HOPPing MODE Mode Activates frequency hopping and determines how fading is resumed after a frequency hop Note Prior to activating frequency hopping list mode and the desired frequency table must be activated Parameters Mode Example Manual operation OFF IBANd OOBand OFF Frequency hopping is deactivated IBANd Activates an in band frequency hopping OOBand Activates an out of band frequency hopping RST OFF MMEM CDIR var user fading sets the default directory IST SELect fadingl selects the file fading1 with the frequency values for the fre quency hops LIST DWEL 2E 3 sets a dwell time of 2 ms between two frequency hops LIST MODE AUTO selects untriggered list mode FREQ MODE LIST activates list mode FSIM HOPP MODE IBAN activates an in band frequency hopping The fading process is restarted after a hop back See Freq Hopping Mode on page 33 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator IGNore RFCHanges lt RfChanges gt instruments with RF output only This command determines whether frequency changes lt 5 are ignored This enables faster frequency hopping General Settings Parameters
235. meters lt Cstd gt integer Range 0 to 12 RST 0 Default unit dB Example FSIM DEL STAT ON activates the Standard Delay fading configuration FSIM DEL GRO PATH2 LOGN STAT ON selects lognormal fading for fading path 2 of group 1 FSIM DEL GRO PATH2 LOGN CSTD 2 sets a standard deviation of 2 dB for fading path 2 of group 1 Manual operation See Standard Deviation on page 51 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt LOGNormal LCONstant lt LConstant gt Sets the Local Constant for lognormal fading Parameters lt LConstant gt float Range 0 to 200 Increment 0 1 RST 100 Default unit m Delay Modes Example FSIM DEL STAT ON activates the Standard Delay fading configuration FSIM DEL GRO PATH2 LOGN STAT ON selects lognormal fading for fading path 2 of group 1 FSIM DEL GRO PATH2 LOGN LCON 100 sets a Local Constant of 100 m for the second fading path of group 1 Manual operation See Local Constant on page 50 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt LOGNormal STATe lt State gt Enables disables a lognormal fading Parameters lt State gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 Example FSIM DEL STAT ON activates the Standard Delay fading configuration FSIM DEL GRO PATH2 LOGN STAT ON activates lognormal fading for fading path 2 of group 1 Manual operation See Lognormal State on page 50 S
236. mines the parameter Din i e the distance between the BS and the railway track Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator HSTRain DISTance MINimum on page 154 D S Determines the parameter Ds i e the initial distance Ds 2 between the train and the BS at the beginning of the simulation Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator HSTRain DISTance STARt on page 154 Custom Fading Profile K Rician factor For scenario 2 sets the Rician factor K that is defined as the ratio between the domi nant signal power and the variant of the other weaker signals Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator HSTRain KFACtor on page 156 Consider DL RF Enables the selection of virtual downlink frequency DL RF By default this parameter is enabled for the HST DL UL standards For detailed description see Doppler shift calculation on page 74 Note While performing HST BS tests and Consider DL RF gt Off the DL Doppler shift is not considered by the calculation of the UL Doppler shift Remote command SOURce hw FSIMulator HSTRain DOWNlink FREQuency STATe on page 156 Virtual DL RF Sets the virtual downlink frequency For HST BS tests enter the Fp defined in the specification The value is used by the calculation of the UL Doppler shift For detailed description see Doppler shift calculation on page 74 Remote command SOURce hw FSIMulator HSTRain DOWNlink FREQuency on page 156 4 10 Custom Fadin
237. most recent modification applies to both paths no matter in which path it was made The fading profiles Gauss1 Gauss2 Gauss DAB WiMAX Doppler and WiMAX Rice require the additional option R amp S SMW K72 Static Path Simulated is a static transmission path which can undergo attenua tion loss or delay Pure Doppler Simulated is a transmission path with an individual direct connection from the transmitter to the moving receiver discrete component The actual Doppler shift is determined by the Speed and Frequency Ratio parameters Tip In MIMO configuration use the Relative Gain Vector Matrix Set tings to configure beamforming Rayleigh Simulated is a radio hop in which many highly scattered subwaves arrive at a moving receiver Rice Simulated is a radio hop in which a strong direct wave discrete com ponent arrives at a moving receiver in addition to many highly scat tered subwaves Use the parameter Power Ratio to set the ratio of the power of the two components Rayleigh and pure Doppler Const Phase Simulated is one transmission path with the set constant phase rota tion attenuation loss or delay Gauss1 Gauss2 Gauss DAB Gauss Doppler Gauss 0 08 fd Gauss 0 1 fd Path Table Sum of two Gaussian functions and is used for excess delay times in the following range 0 5 us to 2 us 0 5 us lt r 2 us S r f G A 0 8f 0 05f G Ay 0 4f4 O 1f where A i
238. moving propagation Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay REFerence STATe on page 161 Path Loss Reference Path Settings Enters the loss for the reference path Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay REFerence LOSS on page 161 Delay Reference Path Settings Enters the delay for the reference path Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay REFerence DELay on page 161 Moving Path Settings The following settings are provided State Moving Path Settings Activates moving fading path P2 for moving propagation Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay MOVing STATe on page 160 Moving Propagation Path Loss Moving Path Settings Enters the loss for the moving fading path Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay MOVing LOSS on page 160 Delay Moving Path Settings Enters the average delay for the moving fading path The delay of the moving path slowly varies sinusoidal within the set variation range around this delay Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay MOVing DELay MEAN on page 159 Variation Peak Peak Moving Path Settings Enters the range for the delay of the moving fading path for moving propagation The delay of the moving path slowly varies sinusoidal within this range around the set mean delay Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay MOVing DELay VARiation on
239. n a dark background 11 Access to a Vector or a MIMO Matrix for configuration of the correlation between the chan nels To display all five paths per each group change the settings as follow a Select Table Settings b In the Path Table Settings dialog select Path Filter gt All Paths Cross reference between the fading parameters Consider the following interdependencies Delay parameters Path Table Resulting Delay Basic Delay Additional Delay e Parameters influencing the Doppler shift calculation Resulting Doppler Shift fp calculated as fp v c frr where vis the Speed of the moving receiver fnr is the frequency of the RF output signal or the Virtual RF c 2 998 108m s is the speed of light For Fading Profile gt Pure Doppler Gauss Doppler or Rice the Actual Doppler Shift fa calculated as fa fp cosot where cos tis the Frequency Ratio and q is the angle of incidence fp is the Resulting Doppler Shift 4 4 1 Table Settings gt To access this dialog select Fading gt Fading Settings gt Path Table gt Table Set tings Path Table Settings A Path Filter Active Paths Plus One km h Speed Common Speed For All Paths On The provided functions facilitate settings configuration and navigation in the path table like suppression of the indication of disabled paths quick change of the speed unit etc Path Filter Suppresses the indicatio
240. n coefficient of the correlated path of the second fader also to the entered value Parameters lt Phase gt float Range 0 to 359 9 Increment 0 05 RST 0 Default unit DEG Delay Modes Example FSIM DEL STAT ON activates the Standard Delay fading configuration FSIM DEL GRO2 PATH CORR STAT ON switches on the correlation of fading path 1 of group 2 of fader A to fading path 1 of group 2 of fader B FSIM DEL GRO2 PATH CORR PHAS 5 specifies a phase of the correlation coefficient equal to 5 DEG for the two paths Manual operation See Correlation Coefficient Phase on page 50 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt CORRelation STATe lt State gt Enables correlation of the paths of the first fader The suffix in SOURce defines the fader on which path settings the correlation is based When correlation is activated the settings of the correlation parameters the profile the speed and the lognormal parameters are the same for both paths Parameters lt State gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 Example SOURcel FSIMulator DELay STATe ON SOURcel FSIMulator DELay GROup2 PATH1 CORRelation STATe ON enables correlation of fading path 1 of group 2 of fader A to fad ing path 1 of group 2 of fader B Manual operation See Correlation Path on page 49 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt CPHase lt CPhase gt Sets the start pha
241. n degrees Ais the maximum attenuation For the 3 sector scenario 70 deg and A 40 dB Note The antenna pattern files define the antenna power and not the antenna gain lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 lt antenna_pattern gt lt antenna_descr count 1 gt antenna id 1 RollAxis X offset 0 PitchAxis Y offset 0 YawAxis Z offset 0 Yaw offset 0 Pitch offset 0 Roll offset 0 antenna descr az res 1 00000000e 000 az res lt elev res 1 00000000e 000 elev res data 179 9 9178 59 1177 5949 5 O Dy 88 5 O Pe Dy s86 5 178 5 180 5 s89 B 40 40 40 3 92e 01 3 84e 01 3 75e 01 3 66e 01 40 40 lt data gt lt antenna_pattern gt The table 2 1 describes the used tags and parameters Table 2 1 Format of ant_pat file Container Tag name Parameter Description lt antenna_pattern gt Defines antenna pattern File lt antenna_descr gt Contains the descriptions of the antennas Container Tag name Parameter Description lt count gt Number of antenna patterns Value 1 always lt antenna gt Descriptions of the individual antenna lt id gt Antenna identification number lt YawAxis_Z_offset gt currently not used but reserved for future use lt PitchAxis_Y_offset gt Position shift of the antenna along the X Y Z axis with lt RollAxis_X_offset gt respect to the center of gravity of the body Value in meters
242. n of High Speed Train propagation according to the selected scenario Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator HSTRain STATe on page 157 Profile Determines the fading profile for the selected scenario The fading profile determines which transmission path is simulated Although both scenarios 1 and 3 are specified as Pure Doppler paths without a fading profile and scenario 2 as a Rician fading in this fading simulator you can change the fading profile Static Path A static transmission path with no attenuation loss or delay is simu lated Pure Doppler A transmission path is simulated in which there is an individual direct connection from the transmitter to the moving receiver discrete com ponent The simulated path has a constant delay and attenuation no loss The Doppler frequency shift is determined only by the parameters Speed D min and D S Tip Use the SCPI command SOURce lt hw gt FSTMulator HSTRain FDOPpler to query the Doppler frequency shift Rayleigh A radio hop is simulated in which many highly scattered subwaves arrive at a moving receiver Rice One Rician fading propagation channel with K Rician factor and with one tap is simulated Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator HSTRain PROFile on page 156 Speed Sets the velocity parameter i e the speed of the moving receiver Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator HSTRain SPEed on page 155 D min Deter
243. n of the disabled paths Remote command Aas Speed Unit Toggles between the available units for speed The value always remains unchanged but the display is automatically adapted to the selected unit Path Table Note The remote control command changes only the units displayed in the graphical user interface While configuring the speed via remote control the speed units must be specified Remote command SOURce hw FSIMulator SPEed UNIT on page 129 Keep Constant Selects whether to keep the speed or the resulting Doppler shift constant in case of fre quency changes If a constant speed is selected the Doppler shift is calculated as function of the speed and the frequency and vice versa Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator KCONstant on page 124 Common Speed For All Paths In delay configurations activates deactivates the same speed in all paths If Speed Setting Coupled is enabled this parameter is also coupled in both faders On In this default state a change of speed in a path automatically results in a change of speed in all of the other paths Off When switching from Off to On the speed entry for path 1 of group 1 is used for all of the paths Remote command SOURce hw FSIMulator CSPeed on page 138 4 4 2 Copy Path Group Settings The provided Copy Path Group settings enables you to copy the settings of one to a second fading group Copy Path Group Selects a group whos
244. n page 154 Manual operation See Virtual DL RF on page 77 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator HSTRain STATe State Activates deactivates simulation of High Speed Train propagation according to the selected scenario 1 or 3 Parameters lt State gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 Example see example Enabling and configuring a high speed train prop agation on page 153 Manual operation See Configuration on page 27 See State on page 76 Moving Propagation The moving propagation dynamic fading configurations are available with option R amp S SMW K71 SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay ALL MOVing VPERIOd eese 157 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay ALL MOVing DELay VARiation esses 158 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay CHANnel MODE eese 158 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROupsst PATH ch CPHase 159 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay MOVing DELay MEAN eene 159 TSOUbRcechuwzslESlMulatorMDEL av MOVing D I av VAblation nenen en eenen eeee 160 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay MOVing LOSS sse 160 LSOUbRcechuwzslESlMulator MDEL av MOVing STATe eiaeiiai eiaa 160 SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay MOVing VPERIOd eese 160 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay REFerence DELa ccecececeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeaeeeaeeeenenenes 161 SOURce lt hw gt FS
245. na model The following is a simple example on how to configure and enable an antenna model Enable 2x2 MIMO configuration SCONfiguration MODE ADVanced SCONfiguration FADing MIMO2X2 SCONfiguration APPLy select SCME WINNER matrix mode configure the spacial channel model SOURce1 FSIMulator MIMO TAP TAP1 SOURce1 FSIMulator MIMO TAP1 MATRix MODE SCWI SOURcel FSIMulator MIMO SCWI TAP1 SPEed 30kmh SOURcel FSIMulator DEL GROup1 PATH SPEed Response 8 333 SOURce1 FSIMulator MIMO SCWI TAP1 DOT 120 SOURcel FSIMulator DEL GROupl PATH1 FRATio Response 0 5 SOURcel FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSterl1 TAP1 STATe 1 SCME WINNER WINNER II and Antenna Model Settings SOURcel FS IMul SOURcel FS Mul SOURcel FS IMul Response SOURcel FS IMul Response 3 01 SOURcel FSIMulator SOURcel FSIMulator SOURcel FSIMulator SOURcel FSIMulator SOURcel FSIMulator enable channel polarization SOURcel FSIMulator MI lator MIMO SCWI CLUSter Llator MIMO SCWI CLUSter Lator MIMO SCWI CLUSter 3 01029995663981 lator DEL GROupl1 PATH1 LOSS GAIN 0 MIMO SCWI CLUSter MIMO SCWI CLUSterl DEParture MIMO SCWI CLUSterl DEParture MIMO SCWI CLUSter MIMO SCWI CLUSterl1 MO ANTenna MODeling STATe 1 SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna POLarization PRAT SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna POLarization PRAT configure the Tx antenna array SOURcel
246. naven ven rte ntt nee dwaan enen 46 Antenna array Antenna SPACING EE 108 Number of rows columns nnen eenen 107 Antenna DISTANCE ren rot een ren tx ciens 96 Antenna polarization Peg ene 107 Number of rows columns sss Spacing cross polarization annen 108 Spacing horizontal vertical nnen enen 108 Antennas attay ccc ene dina annae rm antennen 107 Array Structure TX RX antennas recen eere rires 107 Auto detect Output ssis concentre re rere 29 B Basic delay rer rr rrr tr re n denervated 46 Birth Death Propagation rn 52 139 Bypass if fading off Ne EE 113 Enable during troubleshooting eee 115 C Channel model JEEE 802 AP E 77 Channel polarization Cross polarization ws 106 SLO reren ze 106 Channel polarization matrix nanne 106 Clipped Samples 99 123 Clock rate en e Er taten 29 Cluster Angle of arrival AoA 103 Angle of departure AoD 103 AoA spread 103 AoD spread Distribution sar bake Gain De 102 State 102 Co polarization we OF Coefficient for correlation nnen eenen rennen 49 Common speed for all paths nnen nennen 43 Configuration fadilig ese concentre eenma 27 Configuration FAdING aserria sepuni 143 Conflict Correlation Values ven TL 107 Constant Phase serenon eneee PAE T EEEN 47 Constant Phase Fading AAA 159 Conve
247. nce Ds 2 between the train and the BS at the beginning of the simulation High Speed Train Parameters lt Start gt integer Range 20 to 2000 RST 300 Example see example Enabling and configuring a high speed train prop agation on page 153 Manual operation See D S on page 76 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator HSTRain SPEed Speed Sets the velocity parameter i e the speed of the moving receiver in m s Parameters lt Speed gt float Range 0 001 to dynamic Increment 0 001 RST 83 333 Example see example Enabling and configuring a high speed train prop agation on page 153 Manual operation See Speed on page 76 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator HSTRain FDOPpler Queries the maximum Doppler Shift for the selected configuration Return values lt FDoppler gt float Range 0 to 1000 Increment 0 01 RST 0 Example see example Configuring a high speed train scenario for BS tests on page 154 Usage Query only Manual operation See Profile on page 76 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator HSTRain PATH STATe State Activates deactivates the selected path for the High Speed Train fading configurations Parameters lt State gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 1 Example see example Enabling and configuring a high speed train prop agation on page 153 High Speed Train Manual operation See State Path on page 44 SOURce lt hw gt
248. ndards real imagi real imagi real imagi real imagi nary nary nary nary 0 2548 0 43046 O 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 25482 0 4305 O 0 1 0 TAP 3 1 0 0 0 0 28213 0 0 1 0 0 0 28213 0 40707 0 0 1 0 0 0 2821 0 4071 0 TAP 4 1 0 0 0 0 13794 0 0 1 0 0 0 13794 0 4936 O 0 1 0 0 0 1379 0 49359 0 TAP 5 1 0 0 0 0 3907 0 0 1 0 0 0 3907 0 35347 O 0 1 0 0 0 39066 0 3535 0 TAP 6 1 0 0 0 0 3184 0 0 1 0 0 0 3184 0 42131 JO 0 1 0 0 0 31838 0 4213 O 0 1 0 A 13 1xEVDO Standards According to 3GPP2 C S0032 A v2 0 A 13 1 1xEVDO Chan 1 Path 1 Path 2 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 0 Delay ns 0 2000 LogNormal off off Corr with off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 A 13 2 A 13 3 A 13 4 1xEVDO Standards Freq Ratio 0 0 Speed km h 8 8 1xEVDO Chan 1 Bd 5 11 Path 1 Path 2 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 0 Delay ns 0 2000 LogNormal off off Corr with off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 Speed km h 15 15 1xEVDO Chan 2 Path 1 Profile Type Rayleigh Loss dB 0 Delay ns 0 LogNormal off Corr with off Power Ratio dB 0 Freq Ratio 0 Speed km h 3 1xEVDO Chan 2 Bd 5 11 Path 1 Profile Type Rayleigh Loss dB 0 Delay ns 0
249. ndards Path 1 Path 2 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 10 Delay ns 0 976 LogNormal off off Corr with off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 Speed km h 50 50 App 3GPP Case 6 UE and Case 4 BS 3GPP TS 25 101 V6 2 0 2003 09 annex B2 2 and 3GPP TS 25 141 V6 3 0 2003 09 annex D 2 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 3 6 9 Delay ns 0 260 521 781 LogNormal off off off off Corr with off off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 250 250 250 250 A 6 7 3GPP Mobile Case 7 UE Sector Table 1 9 3GPP TS 25 101 V6 2 0 2003 09 annex B2 2 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 0 4 3 6 6 2 7 K Delay ns O 260 1040 4690 7290 14580 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 dB A 6 8 A 6 9 A 6 10 3GPP Standards Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed 50 50 50 50 50 50 km h 3GPP Mobile Case 7 UE Beam 3GPP TS 25 101 V6 2 0 2003 09 annex B2 2 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleig
250. ng Delay for fading path 2 of group 2 Response 0 00021 the Resulting Delay is 210 us Usage Query only Manual operation See Resulting Delay on page 46 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt SPEed lt Speed gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt SPEed Speed Sets the speed v of the moving receiver Parameters lt Speed gt float Range 0 to dynamic Increment 0 001 RST 0 83333 Example FSIM DEL STAT ON activates the Standard Delay fading configuration FSIM DEL GRO PATH2 SPE 2MPS sets a speed of 2 m s for the moving receiver for fading path 2 of group 1 Manual operation See Speed on page 47 High Speed Train SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt STATe lt State gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt STATe State Activates the selected path Parameters lt State gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 Example FSIM DEL STAT ON activates the Standard Delay fading configuration FSIM DEL GRO PATH2 STAT ON activates fading path 2 in group 1 Manual operation See State Path on page 44 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL STATe State Activates the fading configurations Note Changing the configuration will cause an interruption in the fading process fol lowed by a rest
251. ns WLAN Standards A 7 3 WLAN HyperLan 2 Model C Path 1 Path 2 Path3 Path4 Path5 Path6 Path7 Paths Path9 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss 3 3 3 6 3 9 4 2 0 0 9 1 7 2 6 1 5 dB Delay 0 10 20 30 50 80 110 140 180 ns LogNor off off off off off off off off off mal Corr off off off off off off off off off with Power 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio dB Freq 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio Speed 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 km h Path 10 Path 11 Path 12 Path 13 Path 14 Path 15 Path 16 Path 17 Path 18 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss 3 4 4 5 9 5 3 7 9 9 4 13 2 16 3 21 2 dB Delay 230 280 330 400 490 600 730 880 1050 ns LogNor off off off off off off off off off mal Corr off off off off off off off off off with Power 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio dB Freq 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio Speed 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 km h WLAN Standards A 7 4 WLAN HyperLan 2 Model D Path 1 Path 2 Path3 Path4 Path5 Path6 Path7 Path8 Path9 Profile Rice Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss 0 10 10 3 10 6 6 4 7 2 8 1 9 7
252. ntenna Array Structure and configure a mobile station MS antenna polarization e g e Slant Angle Cross 90 e Cross Polarization Antenna Spacing 0 A Antenna Model A Antenna Polarization SlantAngle Cross 90 7 e Number of Columns 1 Number of Rows Cross Polarized Antenna Spacing Lm dp 7 If required change the Antenna Pattern Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration The selected 2D antenna pattern file describes the BS and MS antenna gains of each array element With the provided settings you can define the channel polarization and the antenna array polarization angles See also e Channel correlation matrix on page 99 e chapter 6 3 4 1 SCME WINNER Settings on page 100 Channel Polarization Settirigs iiiaeeceicicee eiit neta trn nente bn ncm bake net tastes 106 L Channel Polarization State diia cepta aei echa add 106 L Vertical Horizontal Cross Polarization Power Ratio unne enen 106 AEN 106 Ta Fox Antenna Anay STUGUN nne eneen nen da ae 107 L Antenna Polarization Slant Angie 107 L Number of Rows M Columns NL 107 L TORD Dedit EE 108 L Cross Polarized Antenna Spacng 108 BE ic i TEX 109 L User Defined Antenna Patterns per Row Column 109 Channel Polarization Settings Comprises the channel polarization settings Channel Polarization State Channel Polarization Settings Enables disables simulation of channel polarization If Channel Polarization
253. ntions E Deele EE 117 Copy Current settings to all taps a92 Current settings to next tap 492 Current settings to previous tap nn 92 rope deden 163 WO MON c 163 Copy fading settings cerneret ces 25 Copy Path Group oorr erinnere mrt ire ni 43 Copy settings IR le NEE Copy To Previous Tap uu Copying a fading group ione nr Correlation Coefficient sssini nen nr enne Correlation matrix Fading MIMO settings acne 87 Correlation Pallio eirca enc riesce c nn vus Correlation Phase Coupled paramieters c eerte en nnns 39 COUpIEd Parameters n rrt ren rere 35 Coupling Local constant intention stede eenen speed setting trt tree retos Standard deviation SlANESSSH me Cross polarization Tee EE 106 Cross polarization power ratio APR M ennen enn eeen eneen Cross polarization n Current path lap c cre oe tredecim Custom fading profile tremere 77 D Dedicated GONNECOF mete eene 32 laete 32 Default Settings c c dre trier D Dre oS e ED LE Ree EE 26 Delay Birth DSA rentenieren 55 Delay Max 2 Channel Interferer A 70 Delay Mean Moving Path eX 64 Delay Min 2 Channel Interferer A 70 Delay Positions El fl EE 55 Delay Reference Path Moving PropagatfOM serves rrr eite rr rene 63 161 Delay Variation Moving Pallad emnt erint eer 64 65 Delay Variation Moving Path 158 Delete ele e
254. oD 13 5 56 4 13 5 56 4 13 5 56 4 AS D 24 7 22 5 24 7 22 5 24 7 22 5 Speed 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 10 Path 10 Path 11 Path 12 Path 13 Path 14 Cluster 1 2 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indorr Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr Relative 19 5 11 5 13 7 15 8 18 20 2 Loss dB Delay ns 90 90 110 140 170 200 AoA 290 3 332 3 332 3 332 3 332 3 332 3 AS A 24 6 22 4 22 4 22 4 22 4 22 4 AoD 13 5 56 4 56 4 56 4 56 4 56 4 AS D 24 7 22 5 22 5 22 5 22 5 22 5 User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 271 R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 eeen Predefined Fading Settings A 20 4 Model D Tap Path 10 Path 10 Path 11 Path 12 Path 13 Path 14 Speed 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 0 089 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Tap Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Cluster Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr tgn Indorr Relative 0 0 9 1 7 2 6 Loss dB Delay ns 0 10 20 30 AoA 158 9 158 9 158 9 158 9 AS A 27 7 27 7 27 7 27 7 AoD 332 1 332 1 332 1 332 1 332 1 332 1 AS D 2
255. obile station SCME WINNER WINNER II and Antenna Model Settings Parameters Speed float Range 0 to 27778 Increment 0 001 RST 0 83333 Example see example Defining an antenna model on page 175 Manual operation See MS Speed on page 101 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI TAP lt st gt DOT lt DotAngle gt Sets the direction of travel of the mobile station Parameters lt DotAngle gt float Range 0 to 359 9 Increment 0 1 RST 0 Example see example Defining an antenna model on page 175 Manual operation See MS DoT Direction of Travel on page 102 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter lt ch gt TAP lt st gt STATe lt SCWIClustState gt Enables disables the selected cluster Parameters lt SCWIClustState gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 Example see example Defining an antenna model on page 175 Manual operation See Cluster State on page 102 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter lt ch gt GAIN lt SCWIGain gt Sets the relative gain in dB of the selected cluster Parameters lt SCWIGain gt float Range 50 to 0 Increment 0 001 RST 0 Example see example Defining an antenna model on page 175 Manual operation See Relative Gain dB on page 102 SCME WINNER I WINNER II and Antenna Model Settings SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter lt ch gt ARRival ANGLe l
256. off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 3 3 3 3 3 Table 1 15 3GPP TS 25 943 V5 1 0 2002 06 Cont Path 6 Path 7 Path 8 Path 9 Path 10 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 10 2 11 5 13 4 21 5 21 6 Delay ns 517 674 882 1820 1840 LogNormal off off off off off Corr with off off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 3 3 3 3 3 Table 1 16 3GPP TS 25 943 V5 1 0 2002 06 Cont Path 11 Path 12 Path 13 Path 14 Path 15 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 16 9 17 1 17 4 22 1 22 6 Delay ns 1287 1311 1349 1880 1940 LogNormal off off off off off Corr with off off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 3 3 3 3 3 Table 1 17 3GPP TS 25 943 V5 1 0 2002 06 Cont Path 16 Path 17 Path 18 Path 19 Path 20 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 19 19 19 8 23 5 24 3 Delay ns 1533 1535 1622 2050 2140 LogNormal off off off off off nn User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 213 R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Predefined Fading Settings Table 1 19 3GPP TS 25 943 V5 1 0 2002 06 Cont Path 16 Path 17 Pa
257. off off Power Ratio dB 6 88 0 0 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 250 250 250 250 250 250 There has been a change in the specifications TS8916B Baseline Change from 5 1 0 to 5 2 0 The power ratio for path 1 with Rice fading is now no longer referred only to Rayleigh of path 1 Instead it is referred to the total power of all of the paths The preset value used in the instrument of 6 88 fulfills this requirement It does not conform to the value given in the specification since the instrument always determines the power ratio for one path By taking into account the power of the other paths in cal culating this value however the required power ratio for all six paths is achieved A 2 5 GSM ET50 EQ50 6 Path Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 0 0 0 0 0 User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 192 GSM Standards Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Delay ns 0 3200 6400 9600 12800 16000 LogNormal off off off off off off Corr with off off off off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 50 50 50 50 50 50 A 2 6 GSM ET60 EQ60 6 Path Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 0
258. olving mobile radio equipment Flexible configuration for support of different test scenarios You can use the provided fading channels and configure them differently for different test scenarios Use the same input signal and two separate output signals for exam ple to simulate a frequency diversity Or use separate input signals and sum them after fading to simulate a network handover for instance See also chapter 5 Signal Routing non MIMO Settings on page 81 Predefined fading scenarios The fading simulator is equipped with a wide range of presets based on the test speci fications of the major mobile radio standards For more complex tests all of the param eters of the supplied fading configurations can be user defined as required See also Standard Test Case on page 27 Repeatable test conditions To ensure the repeatability of the tests the fading process is always initiated from a defined starting point See also chapter 4 2 Restart Settings on page 34 Realistic simulation of frequency hopping conditions Frequency hopping which builds upon the prior fading process after a frequency hop allows realistic simulation of frequency hopping conditions See also Freq Hopping Mode on page 33 Graphical presentation The path graph displays the current defined fading paths and supports you to configure the desired fading channel See also chapter 4 5 Path Graph on page 51 Simulation of dive
259. ommand SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay ALL MOVing VPERiod on page 157 4 8 Two Channel Interferer In the 2 Channel Interferer configuration the fading simulates dynamic propagation in conformity with the test cases 5 and 6 from MediaFlo Here path 1 has a fixed delay while the delay of path two either varies slowly in a sinusoidal way or appears in alter nation at arbitrary points in time Thus 2 channel interferer fading can be considered as a combination of birth death propagation fading and moving propagation fading The Two Channel Interferer main difference is the broader range of propagation obtainable with 2 channel inter ferer fading Each of the fading profiles Static Path Pure Doppler and Rayleigh can be alloca ted to the two paths Predefined Setting The table 4 5 and table 4 6 list the settings required to attain the values proposed in the MediaFlo test case 5 and 6 Table 4 5 Test Case 5 Reference Path Profile Static Path Relative Delay 10 us Average Power 3 dB Average Power Fading Type Rayleigh 60 km h Doppler Spectrum Classic 6 dB Static Delay 40 us Moving Path Profile Hopping Relative Delay 0 110 us Average Power 3 dB Fading Type Static Doppler Spectrum N A Dwell Time 2 958 Table 4 6 Test Case 6 Reference Path Profile Static Path Relative Delay 100 us Average Powe
260. or CjBtaic Path Rayleigh Pure Doppler Const Phase Gauss Doppler Rayleigh Ew 0 000 000 lt 000000 0 000 00 0 000 000 0 000 000 lt gt 0 000 000 0 000 000 0 000 000 0 050000 0 120000 0 500 000 0 000 000 0 000 000 5 0 000 000 0 050 000 0 120 000 000 JU YUU YOU t 0 000 k l Fig 4 3 Fading Path Table Understanding the displayed information 1a 1b Path group number displayed in the first row and path number second row in the table header the example shows 4 groups with different number of active paths the first group is marked with a blue border 2 Fading profile assigned per fading path 3 3a Common group delay of a path group Basic Delay is always 0 for group 1 adjustable for the other groups light grey background 4 Resulting delay per path calculated as the sum of the common group delay and the path spe cific delay 5 Adjustable parameter for paths with Rice WM Rice of Gauss Doppler fading 6 Adjustable parameter for paths with Pure Doppler and constant Phase fading 7 For moving receivers selected speed v or calculated as a function of the resulting Doppler shift fo 8 Set resulting Doppler shift fp or calculated as fp frr v c where fpr is the selected RF and c the speed of light 9 Frequency ratio cos t is ratio of the actual Doppler shift fa and the resulting Doppler shift fp 10 Actual Doppler shift f calculated as fa fp cos t 10 Pure display parameters are o
261. oses the user defined setting for the insertion loss FSIM ILOS 4 dB sets the minimum insertion loss to 4 dB Manual operation See Insertion Loss on page 38 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator KCONstant lt KConstant gt Selects whether to keep the speed or the resulting Doppler shift constant in case of fre quency changes Parameters lt KConstant gt SPEed DSHift RST SPEed Example FSIM KCON SPE keeps the speed constant in case of frequency changes Manual operation See Keep Constant on page 43 SOURce hw FSIMulator PRESet Sets the default settings RST values for fading simulation Example SOURcel FSIMulator PRESet Usage Event Manual operation See Set to Default on page 26 SOURce hw FSIMulator RESTart MODE Mode Selects how a restart of fading simulation is triggered Parameters Mode AUTO RST AUTO Manual operation See Restart Mode on page 34 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator ROUTe Route Selects on which baseband path the faded signal is output The input signal of the fader is selected with command SOURce BB ROUTe General Settings For one path instruments this command is query only It returns value FAA Fader A always outputs the signal on baseband A Note All MIMO configurations are enabled only in SCONfiguration MODI Ll ADVanced
262. ote command SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch TGN RAY st STATe on page 175 Relative Gain dB Sets the relative gain in dB of the selected ray Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSTMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt TGN RAY lt st gt GAIN on page 174 Angle of Arrival AoA Sets the AoA Angle of Arrival of the selected ray Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt TGN RAY lt st gt ARRival ANGLe on page 174 AoA Spread Sets the AoA Angle of Arrival spread AS of the selected ray Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt TGN RAY lt st gt ARRival SPRead on page 174 Angle of Departure AoD Sets the AoD Angle of Departure of the selected ray Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt TGN RAY lt st gt DEParture ANGLe on page 174 AoD Spread Sets the AoD Angle of Departure spread AS of the selected ray Remote command SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch TGN RAY st DEParture SPRead on page 174 Distribution Select one of the proposed statistical functions to determine the distribution of the selected ray Tip Use this parameter to simulate ray scattering due to obstacles with different sur face see also chapter 8 8 TGn Settings on page 172 Remote command SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch TGN DISTribution on page 173 Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration 6 3 4 SCME WINNER Models and An
263. oupled Parameters gt Coupled Parameters see chapter 4 3 2 Coupled Parameters and Global Fader Coupling Settings on page 39 Insertion Loss Configuration Settings gt To access the dialog for defining the insertion loss select Fading gt Insertion Loss Config Coupled Parameters Insertion Loss Configuration Coupled Parameters and Global Fader Coupling Insertion Loss Insertion Loss Mode Sets the mode for determining the insertion loss Mode Normal The insertion loss for a path of the fading simulator is automatically chosen so that even when lognormal fading is switched on overdrive will occur only very rarely in the fading simulator This setting is rec ommended for bit error rate tests BERTs The current insertion loss is displayed under Insertion Loss Mode Low ACP The insertion loss is automatically chosen so that an overdrive will occur with an acceptable probability Low ACP mode is only recom mended for fading paths with Rayleigh profile as only in this case statistical distribution of level fluctuation is ensured For other fading profiles non statistical level fluctuations occur which lead to an enor mous increase of clipping However monitoring the percentage of clipped samples is recommended for Rayleigh paths also The current insertion loss is displayed under Insertion Loss Mode User Any value for the minimum insertion loss in the range from 0 dB to 18 dB can be selec
264. ower CutOff Frequency fy Upper CutOff Frequency 0 Rural LOS This channel model is intended primarily as a reference result It applies in very open environments where other vehicles buildings and large fences are absent Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type Static Custom Custom Relative Loss 0 14 17 dB Delay ns 0 83 183 fp Hz 0 492 295 Urban Approaching LOS Two vehicles approaching each other in an urban setting with buildings nearby Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Profile Type Relative Loss dB Static eo Custom Custom Custom A 22 3 Urban Crossing NLOS A 22 4 802 11p Channel Models Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Delay ns 0 117 183 333 fp Hz 0 236 157 492 Two vehicles approaching an Urban blind intersection with other traffic present Build ings fences present on all corners Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Profile Type Static Custom Custom Custom Relative 0 3 5 10 Loss dB Delay ns 0 267 400 533 fp Hz 0 295 98 591 Highway LOS Two cars following each other on Multi lane inter region roadways such as German autobahns and USA Interstates Signs overpasses hill sides and other traffic present Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Profile Type Static Custom Custom Custom Relative 0 10 15 20 Loss dB D
265. play a role if they are on the order of magnitude of the transmit ted symbols so that transmission errors can arise The provided dynamic configurations simulate dynamic propagation in conformity with test cases defined in the 3GPP and MediaFlo specifications See also chapter 4 6 Birth Death Propagation on page 52 chapter 4 7 Moving Propagation on page 57 chapter 4 9 High Speed Train on page 71 chapter 4 8 Two Channel Interferer on page 65 Insertion loss for correct drive at the baseband level The insertion loss is a method to provide a drive reserve and to keep the output power constant In the R amp S SMW the used insertion loss is not a fixed value but is dynami cally adjusted for different measurement tasks i e you can define the way the range for insertion loss is determined See also chapter 4 3 Insertion Loss Configuration Coupled Parameters and Global Fader Coupling on page 35 Support of versatile MIMO configurations See also chapter 6 Multiple Input Multiple Output MIMO on page 84 Definition of Commonly Used Terms 3 3 Definition of Commonly Used Terms Fading Simulator Each option R amp S SMW B14 provides the hardware of one fading simulator i e for each installed fading simulator option one hardware FADER board is available One two or four fading simulators can be installed The provided fading functionality how ever depends on the installed firmware options Fading
266. ple FSIM MDEL STAT ON sets moving propagation FSIM MDEL MOV DEL VAR 1E 5 sets the range 10 us 5 us for the variation of the delay of the moving fading path FSIM MDEL MOV DEL MEAN 9E 6 sets the mean delay of the moving path to 9 us FSIM MDEL MOV VPER 105 sets a period of 105 s for the sinusoidal variation of the delay of the moving path The delay of the moving path now varies once sinusoidal in 105 s between 4 us and 14 us Manual operation See Delay on page 64 Moving Propagation SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay MOVing DELay VARiation Variation Enters the range for the delay of the moving fading path for moving propagation The delay of the moving path slowly varies sinusoidal within this range Parameters lt Variation gt float Range 0 3E 6 to dynamic Increment 10E 9 RST 5E 6 Example FSIM MDEL MOV DEL VAR 1E 5 sets the range 10 us for the delay of the moving fading path Manual operation See Variation Peak Peak on page 64 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay MOVing LOSS Loss Sets the insertion loss of the moving path for moving propagation Parameters lt Loss gt float Range 0 to 50 Increment 0 001 RST 0 Example FSIM MDEL MOV LOSS 12 dB sets the loss for the moving fading path Manual operation See Path Loss on page 64 SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay MOVing STATe State This command
267. ple Entities R amp S SMW K76 and and Higher Order MIMO R amp S SMW K75 For more details see the data sheet 6 2 Signal Routing Settings in MIMO Configuration You have to select and configure a MIMO scenario before you can define the further fading settings or the signal routing through the instrument To enable a MIMO scenario Fading Fading Settings 1 Select Fading gt MIMO gt System Configuration 2 In the System Configuration Fading Baseband Configuration dialog enable Signal Routing MIMO Mode gt Advanced System Configuration 3 Define the MIMO scenario e g to configure a 1x4x4 MIMO select a Entities Users Cells 1 b Basebands Rx Antennas 4 c Streams Tx Antennas 4 d BB Source Config gt Coupled Sources The preview diagram displays a detailed view of the signal routing for the current selected configuration together with short description of the possible application of this configuration Signal Routing Settings in MIMO Configuration System Configuration Advanced Signal Outputs Analog amp Digital Entities Basebands Streams Users Cells Tx Antennas Rx Antennas ex 4 BB Source Config Separate Sources Common Applications LTE 4x4 MIMO 4 Select Fading Baseband Configuration Apply to trigger the instrument to use the selected configuration and close the dialog The block diagrams
268. q Ratio 0 2 0 15 0 25 Speed km h 0 03 0 02 0 03 K 8 A 9 8 SUI 2 30 ant 75 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMRice WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 18 27 Delay ns 0 400 1100 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 15 56303 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 2 0 15 0 25 Speed km h 0 03 0 02 0 03 K 36 WIMAX Standards A 9 9 SUI 3 omni ant 90 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMRice WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 5 10 Delay ns 0 400 900 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 4 0 3 0 5 Speed km h 0 05 0 04 0 06 A 9 10 SUI 3 omni ant 75 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMRice WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 5 10 Delay ns 0 400 900 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 8 45098 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 4 0 3 0 5 Speed km h 0 05 0 04 0 06 K 7 A 9 11 SUI 3 30 ant 90 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile Type WMRice WMDopp WMDopp Loss dB 0 11 22 Delay ns 0 400 900 LogNormal off off off Corr with off off off Power Ratio dB 4 771213 0 0 WIMAX Standards Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Freq Ratio 0 4 0 3 0 5 Speed km h 0 05 0 04 0 06 K 3 A 9 12 SUI 3 30 ant 75 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Profile
269. quired settings select Custom see chapter 4 10 Custom Fading Profile on page 77 Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELayl DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt PROFile on page 151 SOURce lt hw gt FSTMulator MDELay DEL30 GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt PROFile on page 151 Path Table Path Loss Enters the loss for the selected path Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt LOSS on page 150 Basic Delay Sets the Basic Delay Within a path group all of the paths are jointly delayed by this value The path delay is calculates as Resulting Delay Basic Delay Additional Delay The Basic Delay for group 1 is always 0 Thus for the paths in group 1 the Result ing Delay is equal to the Additional Delay Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt BDELay on page 144 Additional Delay Sets the Additional Delay per path Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt ADELay on page 144 Resulting Delay Displays the Resulting Delay for the path Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt RDELay on page 152 Power Ratio Fading Profile gt Rice WM Rice Gauss Doppler Enters the power ratio of the discrete component and distributed component The total power
270. r 3 dB Fading Type Static Doppler Spectrum N A Moving Path Profile Sliding Relative Delay 0 200 us 3 dB Fading Type Rayleigh 3 km h Doppler Spectrum Classic 6 dB Period 160 s R amp S9SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Fading Settings How to use the provides settings and configure a 2 channel interfering signal The following are two examples on how to configure a 2 Channel Interferer condi tions See how to To enable a hopped moving mode on page 67 To enable a sliding moving mode on page 67 To enable a hopped moving mode Enable a 2 channel interfering signal with the following settings 1 Reference Path a Delay Min 30 us b Profile Static Path c Path Loss 0 dB Moving Path a Delay Min 0 us b Profile Static Path c Path Loss 0 dB d Delay Max 100 us e Moving Mode Hopping Enable Reference Path gt State gt On and Moving Path gt State gt On Open the Fading Path Graph view The following figure shows the resulting path graph General Restart Insertion Loss Config OZ E l Coupled Parameters l Path Table pam crap onst Phase C ET VAI Gauss DAB Gauss Doppler Gauss 0 1 fd Gauss 0 08 fd Pure Doppler Path Loss dB Static Path 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 295 100 WM Rice Delay us To enable a sliding moving mode 1 Use the
271. r Coupling Settings annae 39 4A Lour m 3 40 44 Table ne E 42 44 2 Copy Path Group Gelee esene han eege 43 443 Path Table Settings o RR EE rx ERR d ERE ene RR ERA eu o EE lid 44 4 5 Path Graphi e ter ARA eai aa aara ae RUNE asf 51 4 6 Birth Death Propagation eese nnne nnne nnne nnn nnns 52 AT MOVING Propagation nen dE iei HII iH ee 57 4 7 1 Moving Propagation Conditions for Testing of Baseband Performance 58 4 7 2 4 7 2 1 4 7 2 2 4 7 3 4 7 3 1 4 7 3 2 4 8 4 9 4 9 1 4 9 2 4 9 3 4 10 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 3 1 6 32 6 3 3 6 3 4 6 3 4 1 6 3 4 2 6 3 5 6 3 6 6 4 8 1 8 2 8 3 Moving Propagation Conditions for Testing the UL Timing Adjustment Performance M te late 60 lei EE 61 Sep 62 Path Tables Moving Propagaton n 62 One Moving Channels tsaren dienen antennae 62 All Movirig Channels nent te e menen ereen 64 Two Channel Interferer enene einen etenim rennen netu NAANA RANN ANARAN r Ende RRAN 65 High Speed Bc E 71 Scenario Tand Scenario RE iie En arenden XX RE Ru ae RA 72 SIC CIAO EE 73 High Speed Train Scenario Parameters nnen ee veneeneeerenneene eer ennenneer ennen 73 Custom Fading Profile ioniseur raan eaaa ara aaae anana 77 Signal Routing non MIMO SettingS ssssssssnsunnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 81 Multiple Input Multiple
272. re CEU tes Eua DAB le LE EE NEE eege NEEN My GEN LTE MIMO ele WIMAX MIMO Standards aaneen eenen eenseenneneeneensensnreerseensnenenersvensnenens EVDO Standards aotearoa Maden eneen even SGPP LTE High Speed NU DEE 3GPPAETE Movig Propadgeltiel prr ert Det o RUP ag xc cera fara ES SCME Channel Models for MIMO OTA WatterSol o e e CEE 802 1 1n SISO EE Tee E Le EE 802 11n MIMO Standards esses nennen n nnns 8021 TacsMIMO Standards ice tici idee i tte ect e ee eere eere ntes eu02 T8655 O Stande ds oneri eei en terere ve Perte ve Ceci meer ore ed eee i Eod eda B02 11p Chamel Moedgels irt rr etes terr oes CDMA Standards CDMA 1 8km h 2 Path Table 1 1 C S0011 A MS Minimum Performance Spec pdf Path 1 Path 2 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 0 Delay ns 0 2000 LogNormal off off Correlated with off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 CDMA Standards A 1 2 A 1 3 Freq Ratio 0 0 Speed km h 8 8 also with 15km h in band class 5 CDMA 2 30km h 2 Path Table 1 2 C S0011 A_MS_Minimum_Performance_Spec pdf Path 1 Path 2 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 0 Delay ns 0 2000 LogNormal off off Correlated with off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 Freq Ratio 0 0 Speed km h 30 30 also with 14km h in band classes 1 4 6 8 also with 58km h in band class
273. re infor mation 2 Channel Interferer In the 2 Channel Interferer configuration the fading simulator simu lates test case 5 and 6 from MediaFlo Two paths are simulated Path 1 has fixed delay while the delay of path 2 varies slowly in a sinusoidal fashion or appears or disappears in alternation at arbitrary points in time hopping See chapter 4 8 Two Channel Interferer on page 65 for more information General Settings High Speed Train In the High Speed Train configuration the fading simulator simulates propagation conditions in conformity with the test case 3GPP 25 141 annex D 4A and 3GPP 36 141 annex B 3 The instrument simulates all the three scenarios as defined in the test specification Additionally user defined HST conditions can be con figured by selecting different profile and setting up the speed and the initial distances See chapter 4 9 High Speed Train on page 71 for more informa tion User Dynamic The User Dynamic configuration is provided for future use Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator CONFiguration on page 119 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator BIRThdeath STATe on page 143 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay STATe on page 162 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator TCINterferer STATe on page 183 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator HSTRain STATe on page 157 Moving Channels This parameter determines whether only one or several moving channels are simula ted
274. resulting relative attenuation applied on an enabled sub cluster The value is determined based on the select Relative Gain of the cluster and is calculated as follows RelativeGainsup ciuster dB RelativeGainciyste dB GainFactor dB where the used gain factors are listed in table 6 1 Initially proposed by the SCME these values are part of the SCME Urban Micro Cell UMi und SCME Urban Macro Cell UMa models used in the specification 3GPP 37 977 Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration Table 6 1 Overview Gain factors and default relative gain values per sub cluster Sub Cluster number Gain Factor W Gain Factor dB 1 10 20 3 01 2 6 20 5 229 3 4 20 6 99 Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter lt ch gt TAP lt st gt SUBCluster lt di gt GAIN on page 179 Angle of Departure AoD Sets the AoD Angle of Departure of the selected cluster Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter lt ch gt DEParture ANGLe on page 178 AoD Spread Sets the AoD Angle of Departure spread AS of the selected cluster Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter lt ch gt DEParture SPRead on page 178 Angle of Arrival AoA Sets the AoA Angle of Arrival of the selected cluster Remote command SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter ch ARRival ANGLe on page 178 AoA Spread Sets the AoA Angle of Arrival spread AS of
275. rix with direct definition of matrix coefficients or based on the Kronecker assumption e by definition of clusters at the transmitter and receiver side using channel parame ter like angle spread angle of arrival departure AoA AoD etc See chapter 6 3 Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration on page 87 Further Signal Processing During further signal routing you can additionally offset the faded signals or apply noise to them For more information refer to sections Adding Noise to the Signal and Impairing the Signal in the R amp S SMW User Manual User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 23 4 Fading Settings The Fading dialog allows you to configure multipath fading signals Regardless of the current System Configuration Mode to access this dialog proceed as follows Fading Settings P Select Block Diagram gt Fading gt Fading Settings The Fading dialog opens and displays the general settings Fading A Configuration StandardfFine Delay Fading Clockrate Sign Dedicated To Auto Detect Output Dedicated Freq 214900000000 cH Dedicated Conn Ignore RF Changes lt 5 C On Freq Hopping on The dialog is divided into several tab logically grouping the available setting The remote commands required to define these settings are described in chapter 8 Remote Control Commands on page 117 The provided settings as well as related background information
276. rse fading effects During transmission of a signal from the transmitter to the receivers diverse fading effects occur In the fading simulator you can simulate these effects separately or in combination Using the provided fading configurations for example you can define up to 20 fading paths with different delays as they would occur on a transmission channel due to differ ent propagation paths Overview of the Functions Provided by the Fading Simulator See also chapter 4 4 Path Table on page 40 Predefined fast fading profile for different fading scenarios The fading simulator provides a wide range of fast fading profiles You can define the fading conditions per generated fading path The fast fading profiles simulate fast fluc tuations of the signal power level which arise due to variation between constructive and destructive interference during multipath propagation See also Configuration on page 27 and Profile on page 44 Simulation of slow fading effect Lognormal and Suzuki Fading are slow fading profiles suitable to simulate slow level changes which can occur due to shadowing effects for example tunnels build ings blocks hills etc See also chapter 4 4 Path Table on page 40 Simulation of dynamic configurations Delay variations whether sudden or slow do not become important until we reach the fast modulation standards such as the 3GPP FDD or EUTRA LTE standards The delay variations start to
277. s For scenario 2 one Rician fading propagation channel with Rician factor K 10 dB and with one tap is simulated The Rician factor K is defined as the ratio between the domi nant signal power and the variant of the other weaker signals see K Rician factor on page 77 4 9 3 High Speed Train Scenario Parameters The table 4 7 gives an overview of the parameters of the HST test scenarios according to the test case High speed train conditions Table 4 7 Parameters for high speed train conditions Parameter Value Scenario 1 Scenario 2 Scenario 3 Ds 1000 m Infinity 300 m Drin 50 m 2m K 10 dB v 350 km h 300 km h 300 km h fp 1340 Hz 1150 Hz 1150 Hz The figure 4 8 and figure 4 9 show the trajectory of the Doppler shift for scenario 1 and 3 for the test parameters specified in the test case For these two scenarios the Dop pler Shift trajectories for any user defined parameters are also displayed in the SGPP HST dialog Doppler Shit Hz Fig 4 8 Doppler shift trajectory for scenario 1 Time sec High Speed Train Doppler Shift Hz Time sec Fig 4 9 Doppler shift trajectory for scenario 3 Doppler shift calculation The HST scenarios are defined for the UE and for the BS tests In the fading simulator the same standards are used for both test cases Consider however the following dif ference in the calculation of the Doppler shift e n HST UE t
278. s 10 dB below A Sum of two Gaussian functions and is used for paths with delays in excess of 2 us T gt 2 us S r f G B 0 7fy 0 1fy G B1 0 4fy 0 15f where B is 15 dB below B Composed of a Gaussian function and is used for special DAB pro files Gm G A 0 7f 0 14 where 0 7f applies for even path numbers and 0 7f for odd except path 1 Sum of a Gaussian function and a pure Doppler component S r f G 0 1A 0 0 08f o f 0 5f Composed of a Gaussian function with a standard deviation of 0 08 f S r f G A f 0 08f Composed of a Gaussian function with a standard deviation of 0 1 fy S r f G A f 0 1fy Gauss Watters WM Doppler WM Rice Gauss Watterson fading profile The WiMAX Doppler fading profile is a rounded Doppler PSD model according to IEEE 802 16a The WiMAX Rice fading profile is according to IEEE 802 16a Bell Shape tgn Indoor Bell Shape tgn Moving Vehicle Custom Both Bell Shape fading profiles describe the indoor wireless channels according to IEEE 802 11n and IEEE 802 11ac The profiles are called after the resulting Doppler power spectrum that has a shape very similar to a Bell The second fading profile includes a Doppler component that represents a reflection from a moving vehicle Customized Doppler fading profile developed by Cohda Wirless the profile describes the channels for testing of IEEE 802 11p signals To access the re
279. s of the current tap to the subsequent tap If the current tap is the last tap the command is discarded See also SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO COPY ALL on page 163 Usage Event Manual operation See Copy To Next on page 92 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO COPY ALL Applies the matrix values of the current tap to all taps MIMO Settings Usage Event Options R amp S SMW B14 K74 Manual operation See Copy To All on page 92 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO COPY PREVious This command copies the matrix values of the current tap to the next lower tap Example FSIM MIMO COPY PREV copies the settings of the current tap to the next lower tap Usage Event Manual operation See Copy To Prev on page 92 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO MDLoad lt MDLoad gt This command loads a file with saved MIMO settings Setting parameters lt MDLoad gt string Example FSIM MIMO MDL MIMO Settings loads the settings file Usage Setting only SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO MDSTore lt MDStore gt This command save the MIMO settings in a file Setting parameters lt MDStore gt string Example FSIM MIMO MDST MIMO Settings saves the MIMO settings in a file Usage Setting only SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP Tap Sets the current tap Parameters lt Tap gt TAP1 TAP2 TAP3 TAPA TAP5 TAP6 TAP7 TAP8 TAP9 TAP10 TAP11 TAP12 TAP13 TAP14 TAP15 TAP
280. s then passes through identical random pro cesses for a particular setting Auto The modulation signal is continually faded 4 3 Insertion Loss Configuration Coupled Parameters and Global Fader Coupling Manual Not supported in the current version External Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator RESTart MODE on page 124 Execute Restart Not supported in the current version Restart Source Not supported in the current version Global Connector Settings Provide a quick access to the related local and global connector settings For information refer to the description R amp S SMW User Manual section Local and Global Connectors Insertion Loss Configuration Coupled Parameters and Global Fader Coupling The fading process increases the crest factor of the signal and this increase must be considered in the drive at the baseband level Especially when multiple paths are superimposed or in case of statistical influences on a path an insertion loss is required to provide a drive reserve If the full drive level is reached nevertheless the UO signals are limited to the maximum available level clipping This section describes the setting provided to control of the insertion loss and to sim plify the operation in dual channel fading Impact of the Fading Simulator on the Crest Factor of the Signal The crest factor is a figure that measures the difference in level between the peak envelope power
281. se rotation Parameters lt CPhase gt float Range 0 to 359 9 Increment 0 1 RST 0 Default unit DEG Example FSIM DEL STAT ON activates the Standard Delay fading configuration FSIM DEL GRO1 PATH1 PROF RICE selects the Rice fading profile for fading path 1 of group 1 FSIM DEL GRO1 PATH CPH 5DEG sets a start phase rotation of 5 DEG for fading path 1 of group 2 The path is multiplied by this phase Delay Modes Manual operation See Const Phase on page 47 See Start Phase on page 47 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt FDOPpler lt FDoppler gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt FDOPpler RESulting lt FDoppler gt Queries the resulting Doppler frequency for the fading configuration The Doppler frequency is determined by the selected speed SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt SPEed For the Pure Doppler and Rice Fading profiles the actual Doppler shift is a function of the selected ratio of the Doppler shift to the Doppler frequency SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt FRATio Use the command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt FDOPpler ACTual to query the actual Doppler shift Parameters lt FDoppler gt float Range 0 to 4000 Increment 0 01 RST 0 Example SOURcel FSIMulator CONF
282. seee caves seen es 11 1 3 Conventions Used in the Documentation anna ane r ennn eneen ennenneeenensnnneverenenn 13 1 3 4 Typographical Conventions urere tincnt decuit ten ud cette cera cede 13 1 3 2 Conventions for Procedure Descrptons enen ennennenneen e 14 1 3 3 Notes on Screenshots erit ae d d o rs eed eg v nennen 14 2 Welcome to the Fading Simulator eese 15 2 1 Accessing the Fading Simulator esee nnns 15 2 2 EE DEES 16 3 About the Fading Simulator anannn neer eee ennnennnennenenenennnn 17 3 1 Required Options oriniu sornes ean anaa a Saa aE eaa EAEan 17 3 2 Overview of the Functions Provided by the Fading Simulator 18 3 3 Definition of Commonly Used Terms esee nennen nnn nnn 20 3 4 Further Signal Processing eret onn Ronnie ELI ner E Ro nie Exe tla dend deden 23 4 Fading Settings esrin nananana eeina aeaa aE aia Eaa 24 4 1 General Settings nnzssn anneer serensennsarensneensenennmenn seen rina ice NEENA sra a sna Ein ka FERE ia ER aeo uan 25 4 2 Restart Settings tei rat ice ce nonni s aaa ERE En no ERE au enean 34 4 3 Insertion Loss Configuration Coupled Parameters and Global Fader Coupling 35 4 3 1 Insertion Loss Configuration Gettinges neers enesresssrrssrnsrrnernnrnn nenene 37 4 3 2 Coupled Parameters and Global Fade
283. settings of To enable a hopped moving mode on page 67 2 Change the Moving Mode gt Sliding User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 67 R amp S9SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Fading Settings 3 Open the Fading Path Graph view General Restart Insertion Loss Config O 2 Channel interferer l Auto l Coupled Parameters l Path Table Pan raph Const Phase SMM AB oppler Gauss D Gauss D Gauss 0 1 fd Gauss 0 08 fd Pure Doppler Rayleigh Rice Static Path Path Loss dB 15 10 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 WM Rice Delay ps The moving path slides from the minimum delay 30 us to the maximum delay 100 us and back The grey bar indicates the mean delay of the moving path The horizontal arrow indicates the permissible delay range for the moving path The displayed position change does not correspond to the actual delay changes of the real signal 2 Channel Interferer Settings The table 4 5 and table 4 6 list the default values for 2 Channel Interferer configura tion You can use these default values and or adjust the provided settings in the fading path table T User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 68 Two Channel Interferer Reference Path Moving Path Static Path Static Path 7 A State Activates deactivates either the reference path or the moving path for 2 channel inter
284. ss 0 dB State On These default values can be changed in the Path Table dialog Moving Propagation Conditions for Testing the UL Timing Adjust ment Performance The purpose of the uplink timing adjustments testing is to verify whether the base sta tion sends timing advance commands and whether the base station estimates appro priate the uplink transmission timing Simulating moving propagation conditions To simulate moving propagation conditions for testing the UL timing adjustment per formance in conformity with the test cases Moving propagation conditions as defined in 3GPP 36 141 annex B 4 gt Select Standard gt LTE gt Moving Propagation gt ETU200Hz Moving or Pure Dop pler Moving The figure 4 6 illustrates the moving propagation conditions for the test of the UL timing adjustment performance Moving Propagation A Level P MS P SE CEEE Na All 0777 O Co channels a AT R move 5 ti Delay Fig 4 6 Moving Propagation Conditions Use the parameter Additional Delay to configure the relative timing among all paths The time difference between the reference timing and the first path is according to the following equation Variation Pk Pk 2at 2 Variation Period Atgy The 3GPP specification defines the uplink timing adjustments requirements for normal and extreme conditions The following two scenarios for the testing of UL timing advance are specified
285. ss dB 7 5 6 5 8 6 11 10 Delay ns 1300 LogNormal off Corr with off Power Ratio dB 0 Freq Ratio 0 Speed km h 50 PCN HT100 12 Path Same as GSM Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 10 8 6 4 0 0 User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 201 TETRA Standards Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Delay ns 0 100 300 500 LogNormal off off off off Corr with off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 Speed 100 100 100 100 km h Path 7 Path 8 Path 9 Path 10 Path 11 Path 12 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 4 8 9 10 12 14 Delay ns 1300 15000 15200 15700 LogNormal off off off off Corr with off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 0 Speed 100 100 100 100 100 100 km h A 5 TETRA Standards A 5 1 TETRA TU50 2 Path EN300 392 2 Path 1 Path 2 Profile Type Rayleigh Rayleigh Loss dB 0 22 3 Delay ns 0 5000 LogNormal off off Corr with off off Power Ratio dB 0 0 TETRA Standards Freq Ratio 0 0 Speed km h 50 50 A 5 2 TETRA TU50 6 Path Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5
286. ss 90 0 Isotropic A 16 1 SCME Urban Micro Cell Channel UMi 3 and 30 km h Tap Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Cluster 1 2 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 3 5 2 7 4 3 6 5 8 3 Delay ns 0 5 10 285 Fine Delay 0 0 0 0 required AoA 0 7 13 2 AoD 6 6 14 1 Tap Path 7 Path 8 Path 9 Path 10 Path 11 Path 12 Cluster 3 4 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 5T 7 9 9 7 7 3 9 5 11 3 Delay ns 205 210 215 660 665 670 Fine Delay 0 0 0 0 0 0 required AoA 146 1 30 5 AoD 50 8 38 4 SCME Channel Models for MIMO OTA Tap Path 13 Path 14 Path 15 Path 16 Path 17 Path 18 Cluster 5 6 Profile Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Rayleigh Type Loss dB 9 11 2 13 11 4 13 6 15 4 Delay ns 805 810 815 925 930 935 Fine Delay 0 0 0 0 0 0 required AoA 11 4 1 1 AoD 6 7 40 3 Delay Spread ns 294 Cluster AS AoD AS AoA 5 35 Cluster PAS shape Laplacian Total AS AoD AS AoA 18 2 67 8 Mobile speed km h Direction of travel 3 30 120 XPR dB 9 1 XPR cross polarization power ratio in the selected propagation channel A 16 2 SCME Urban Macro Cell Channel UMa 3 and 30 km h
287. t SCWIArrAngle gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter lt ch gt DEParture ANGLe lt SCWIDepAngle gt Sets the AoA Angle of Arrival AoD Angle of Departure of the selected cluster Parameters lt SCWlDepAngle gt float Range 0 to 359 9 Increment 0 001 RST 0 lt SCWIArrAngle gt float Range 0 to 360 Increment 0 1 RST 0 Example see example Defining an antenna model on page 175 Manual operation See Angle of Departure AoD on page 103 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter lt ch gt ARRival SPRead lt SCWIArrSpread gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter lt ch gt DEParture SPRead lt SCW1IDepSpread gt Sets the AoD Angle of Departure AoA Angle of Arrival spread AS of the selected cluster Parameters lt SCWIDepSpread gt float Range 1 to 75 Increment 0 001 RST 1 Example see example Defining an antenna model on page 175 Manual operation See AoD Spread on page 103 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter lt ch gt DISTribution lt SCWIDistrib gt Sets one of the Power Azimuth Spectrum PAS distributions Parameters lt SCWIDistrib gt LAPLace EQUal GAUSs RST EQUal Example see example Defining an antenna model on page 175 Manual operation See Distribution on page 103 SCME WINNER I WINNER II and Antenna Model Settings SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO SCWI CLUSter lt ch gt TAP lt st gt SUBCluster lt di gt
288. t fading simulator settings in the specified file in the default directory The default directory is set with the command MMEM CDIRectory A path can also be specified The file ending fad is automatically used Setting parameters lt Filename gt string Example see SOURce FSIMulator CATalog on page 136 Usage Setting only Manual operation See Save Recall on page 26 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator COUPle LOGNormal CSTD lt Cstd gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator COUPle LOGNormal LCONstant lt LConstant gt available in System Configuration gt Mode gt Standard Couples the lognormal fading setting Parameters lt LConstant gt 0 1 OFF ON RST 0 General Settings Example SCONfiguration MODE STANdard SOURcel FSIMulator CONFiguration STAN SOURcel FSIMulator DEL GROupl PATH1 PROFile PDOP SOURcel FSIMulator DEL GROupl PATH1 SPEed 1111 111 SOURcel FSIMulator STATe 1 SOURcel FSIMulator COUPle SPEed 1 SOURcel FSIMulator CSPeed 1 SOURce2 FSIMulator CONFiguration STAN SOURce2 FSIMulator STATe 1 SOURce2 FSIMulator DEL GROupl PATH1 SPEed EF AEL A SOURcel FSIMulator COUPle LOGNormal LCONstant 1 SOURcel FSIMulator COUPle LOGNormal CSTD 1 SOURcel FSIMulator DEL GROupl PATH1 LOGNormal STATe 1 SOURce1 FSIMulator DEL GROup1 PATH1 LOGNormal LCONstant 150 SOURce2 FSIMulator DEL GROup1 PATH1 LOGNormal LCONstant 150 SOURcel FSIMulator DEL GROupl PATH1 LOGNormal CSTD 2 SOURce2 FSIMulator DEL
289. t nrden e iere de DE aes SOURceshws FSIMulator S a E DE SOURceshw FSIMulator S TANdard REFerence tent tnter rn ret Dena SOURCeshwsEFSIM lator STORE 5 5 entren ertet de senden eenen gehenna 137 GSOURceshw FSlMulator SUM RATIO seven ron t rtr rrr retro terre 135 SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer MOVing DELay MAXimum eese nnn 183 TSOUlbce bwzslFS lMulator TClhNtertererMOVmg MMOtDe nnns 183 SOURce hw FSIMulator T CINterferer PERIOG 2 ntt rne rrr trn ande 184 SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer REFerence MOVing DELay MlNimum eene 184 SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer REFerence MOVing FDOP Dpler eee 185 SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer REFerence MOVing FRATio esses 185 SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer REFerence MOVing LOSS SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer REFerence MOVing PROFile SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer REFerence MOVing STATe sene 186 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator T ClINterferer SPEed enenatis 184 SOURceshw FSIMulator TCINterferer S TATe nun rote i rire inneren n nnn 183 SOURceshw FSIMulator STATe eno et ttt tree hnnc rrr eren 135 Index Symbols 2 Ch nnel Interferer naren atie 65 A Accept Correlation Values A 111 166 Actual Doppler Shift Binh DSA oU 57 Additional dGlay
290. ted Desired value is entered under Insertion Loss This mode is provided to ensure optimization of the dynamic range and signal quality for any application Display of the clipping rate for any value which is entered enables estimation of the signal quality for the specified signal dynamic range Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator ILOSs MODE on page 123 Insertion Loss Displays the current insertion loss in the Normal and Low ACP modes Entry of the insertion loss in User mode Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator ILOSs LOSS on page 123 4 3 2 Insertion Loss Configuration Coupled Parameters and Global Fader Coupling Clipped Samples Displays the samples whose level is clipped as a If the full drive level is reached for an insertion loss which is too low the UO signals are limited to the maximum available level clipping Remote command SOURce hw FSIMulator ILOSs CSAMples on page 123 0 100 Graphically displays the samples whose level is clipped as a The scale resolution is determined by entering the maximum value as a 96 Coupled Parameters and Global Fader Coupling Settings gt To access the dialog select Fading gt Insertion Loss Config Coupled Parameters Speed Setting Coupled Local Constant Coupled Standard Deviation Coupled Coupled Parameters available in System Configuration Mode Standard Speed Setting Coupled Coupled Paramet
291. tenna Modeling Settings The SCME and WINNER II channel models were developed by WINNER 1 At the beginning the SCM Spatial Channel Model was adopted the SCME SCM Extension was the first extension of the original model The WINNER Il was the final model the WINNER published The SCME and WINNER II channel models offer Cluster Delay Line CDL models for reduced complexity simulations These CDL models can be simulated in the SCME WIINER matrix mode A channel correlation matrix is calculated from the CDL parame ters and the channel is stochastically simulated Antenna Modeling The antenna modeling includes the antenna array structure the antenna polarization and the antenna radiation pattern The antenna model is based on a 2D planar antenna array structure The antenna ele ments are placed in the vertical and horizontal direction in an array composed of N col umns and M rows see figure 6 8 The antenna elements are uniformly spaced where the horizontal and vertical spacing between the antenna columns are d A and d A respectively The spacing between the antenna pairs of cross polarized antennas is denoted as cross polarized antenna spacing d A One of four different antenna polarization settings can be selected for all antenna ele ments in the antenna array In the current firmware version the antenna elements are placed on a single row and vertical spacing is not supported Fading Settings in MIMO Configurat
292. terferer REFerence MOVing FRATio on page 185 Res Doppler Shift Displays the actual Doppler shift The actual Doppler frequency is determined by the entered Speed and the entered ratio of the actual Doppler frequency to the set Doppler frequency Frequency Ratio Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator TCINterferer REFerencel MOVing FDOPpler on page 185 Delay Min Enters the minimum delay for either the reference path or the moving path The minimum delay of the moving path corresponds to the start value of the delay range The delay range is defined by the minimum delay and the maximum delay The scaling of the x axis is adapted according to the entry Invalid entries are rejected the next possible value is entered Remote command SOURce hw FSIMulator TCINterferer REFerence MOVing DELay MINimum on page 184 Delay Max Moving Path Enters the maximum delay for the moving path The maximum delay of the moving path corresponds to the end value of the delay range The delay range is defined by the minimum delay and the maximum delay The scaling of the x axis is adapted according to the entry 4 9 High Speed Train Invalid entries are rejected the next possible value is entered Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator TCINterferer MOVing DELay MAXimum on page 183 Moving Mode Moving Path Selects the Type of moving applied to the moving path Sliding The reference path
293. th 18 Path 19 Path 20 Corr with off off off off off Power Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 dB Freq Ratio 0 0 0 0 0 Speed km h 3 3 3 3 3 A 6 16 3GPP HTx Table 1 18 3GPP TS 25 943 V5 1 0 2002 06 Path1 Path2 Path3 Path4 Path5 Path6 Path7 Paths Path9 Path 10 Profile Ray Ray Ray Ray Ray Ray Ray Ray Ray Ray Type leigh leigh leigh leigh leigh leigh leigh leigh leigh leigh Loss 8 9 10 2 11 5 3 6 17 6 11 8 12 7 13 25 8 26 2 dB Delay 356 441 528 0 15000 546 609 625 16880 16980 ns Log off off off off off off off off off off Normal Corr off off off off off off off off off off with Power 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio dB Freq 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ratio Speed 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 km h Path Path Path Path Path Path Path Path Path Path 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Profile Ray Ray Ray Ray Ray Ray Ray Ray Ray Ray Type leigh leigh leigh leigh leigh leigh leigh leigh leigh leigh Loss 16 2 17 3 17 7 29 29 9 22 7 24 1 25 8 30 30 7 dB Delay 842 916 941 17620 17830 16172 16492 16876 17850 18020 ns Log off off off off off off off off off off Normal Corr off off off off off off off off off off with User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 214 3GPP Standards A 6 17 3GPP RAx Path Path Path Path Path Path
294. th paths Afterwards the most recent modification applies to both paths no matter in which path it was made Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt FRATio on page 148 Actual Doppler Shift Fading Profile gt Pure Doppler Gauss Doppler Rice Displays the actual Doppler shift fa The value depends on Frequency Ratio and Resulting Doppler Shift See also Cross reference between the fading parameters on page 41 Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt FDOPpler ACTual on page 147 Correlation Path Switches on correlation to the corresponding path of the second fader for dual channel fading Setting correlation necessitates synchronous signal processing on both channels This means the settings of the following parameters for the correlated fading paths must agree Profile Speed Frequency Ratio Lognormal Parameters Resulting Doppler Shift Actual Doppler Shift When correlation is activated the settings of the path for which correlation is switched on are accepted for both paths Afterwards the most recent modification applies to both paths no matter in which path it was made Correlated paths in dual channel fading with the same input signal simulate the receiv ing conditions experienced by a receiver having two antennas in which the received signals exhibit a certain degr
295. the imaginary part are both set to 0 the phase value will also be set to 0 when changing the data format Parameters lt Phase gt float Range 0 to 360 Increment 0 02 RST 0 Example SOURcel FSIMulator MIMO TAP2 KRONecker CORRelation TX ROW1 COLumn2 PHASe 30 sets the phase of the Tx correlation AB to 30 degrees Options up to 4xR amp S SMW B14 and R amp S SMW K74 Manual operation See Tx Correlation Coefficients Phase Imag on page 95 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation RX ROW lt di gt COLumn lt st gt MAGNitude lt Magnitude gt SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation TX ROW lt di gt COLumn lt st gt MAGNitude lt Magnitude gt Sets the ratio of the receiver transmitter correlation User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 165 MIMO Settings Note In case that the values for the real part and the imaginary part are both set to 0 the phase value will also be set to 0 when changing the data format Parameters lt Magnitude gt float Range 0 to 1 Increment 0 001 RST 0 Example SOURcel FSIMulator MIMO TAP2 KRONecker CORRelation TX ROW1 COLumn2 MAGNitude 0 5 sets the ratio of the Tx correlation AB to 0 5 Options up to 4xR amp S SMW B14 and R amp S SMW K74 Manual operation See Tx Correlation Coefficients Magnitude Real on page 94 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt KRONecker CORRelation RX ROW lt di gt COLumn lt st gt REAL lt
296. the maximum value is 50 dB E User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 51 Birth Death Propagation 4 6 Birth Death Propagation In the Birth Death Propagation configuration the fading simulator simulates dynamic propagation conditions in conformity with the test case 3GPP 25 104 xxx annex B4 Here the behavior of a receiver is tested when it is confronted with the sudden disap pearance and reappearance of a signal This can occur for example when a pedes trian making a call walks around the corner of a building Two paths are simulated which appear Birth or disappear Death in alternation at arbitrary points in time The points in time fall within a grid of integer delays 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 us After a certain time Hopping Dwell a path disappears from a given grid position and appears simultaneously at another randomly chosen grid position During this hop the second path remains stable at its grid position After a fur ther Hopping Dwell elapses the second path changes its position Now the first path remains at its position and so on The two paths never appear at the same time posi tion at the same time see figure 4 5 5 4 3 2 10 1 2345 5 4 3 2 10 12345 5 4 3 2 10 12345 Fig 4 5 Example of a sequence of hops in Birth Death Propagation Since it is not possible to generate negative time values delays the actual hop range is from O to 10 us According to annex B4 ea
297. tionary refer ence path The displayed position change does not correspond to the actual delay changes of the real signal The delay grid is plotted on the x axis The permissible delay range for the moving path is shown in the graphics by the horizontal arrow The grey path indicates the set start delay for the Moving Path The path power is plotted on the y axis with O dB corre sponding to the maximum power on the path path loss 0 dB The scaling of the axes and the displayed path power match the real settings x O General Restart Insertion Loss Config Moving Propagation Auto Coupled Parameters Path Table e Path Loss dB 25 3 5 4 45 5 55 6 6 5 7 3 Delay ps The delay Arne of the moving path obeys the following equation Variation Pk Pk sin Jam Ars Delay Se 2 lVariationP eriod User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 59 4 7 2 Moving Propagation Where the values relate to the values proposed in the test case 3GPP 25 104xxx annex B3 as follows e Variation Peak Peak A e Delay B A 2 e Variation Period 2rr A w The table 4 3 list the settings required to attain the values proposed in the test case 3GPP TS25 104 annex B3 Table 4 3 Default parameter values Moving Propagation Reference Path Delay Ous Path Loss 0 dB State On Moving Path Variation Pk Pk 5 us Variation Period 157s Delay 3 5 us Path Lo
298. to adjust some of the parameters of these predefined scenarios and simulate user definable moving propagation conditions 4 7 1 Moving Propagation Conditions for Testing of Baseband Perform ance Simulating moving propagation conditions for testing of baseband performance gt To simulate moving propagation conditions for testing of baseband performance in accordance to the 3GPP TS25 104 annex B3 a select Configuration gt Moving Propagation and Moving Channels gt One or b select Standard gt 3GPP gt Moving Propagation gt Ref Mov Channel Here the behavior of a receiver is tested in response to slow delay variations in a sig nal Two paths are simulated Path 1 has fixed delay Reference Path P1 while the delay of path 2 varies slowly in a sinusoidal fashion Moving Path P2 The two paths have no fading profile They have the same level the same phase and no Doppler shift The following figure illustrates a baseband signal with ASK modulation only one 1 bit then many 0 bits which was subjected to moving propagation Path P1 remains still while path P2 moves in time relative to it As a result of the luminescence setting on the oscilloscope the way in which P2 wanders over time is clearly visible R amp S9SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 Fading Settings The graphical display of the fading paths in Moving Propagation mode shows as an example the changing positions of the moving path with respect to the sta
299. to the antenna pattern file and load it Antenna pattern files are XML files with file predefined file syntax and extension ant pat They describe the antenna pattern as an array with typical resolutions of 1 to 5 degree for the azimuth These files contain the loss values for a given azimuth For an isotropic antenna for instance that radiates the energy equally in all directions the array elements are all 0 dB For description of the file format see chapter B Antenna Pattern File Format on page 282 Remote command SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna PATTern CATalog on page 180 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna lt di gt TX PFILe on page 182 SOURce FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna lt di gt RX PFILe on page 182 6 3 5 Correlation Matrix Table The correlation matrix table displays the values for the transmitter receiver correlation The correlation matrix is valid for the selected fading path To adjust the values edit the matrix elements directly use the correlation coefficients of the Kronecker Mode define the TGn TGac parameters of the AoA AoD mode or use the SCME WINNER mode To access the settings of the correlation matrix in table form 1 Enable a MIMO configuration 2 Select the Fading gt Path Table gt Matrix and navigate to Fading Correlation Matrix gt Matrix Fading Settings in MIMO Configuration Fading E1 Correlation Matrix Data Format Magnitude Phase Defining the m
300. tor MDELay DEL30 GROupzsst PATH ch RDELay esee 152 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROup sst PATH ch SPEed SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay DEL30 GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt STATe SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay MOVing DELay MEAN essent SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MDELay MOVing DELay VARiation esee SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay MOVing LOSS essen ener rennen SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay MOvVing STATe esses SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay MOVing VPERiOd essent ennt SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay REFerence DELay essen ennt 161 SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay REFerence LOSS SOURce hw FSIMulator MDELay REFerence STATe SOURceshws FSIMulator MDELay S A T6 erro rr treni keen rette petri urge genden ansa SOURce hw FSIMulator MMO ANTenna MODeling STATe eese SOURce hw FSIMulator MMO ANTenna TX COLumn SIZE essent SOURce hw FSIMulator MMO ANTenna TX ESPacing CROSs sese SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna TX ESPacing HORizontal SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator MIMO ANTenna TX ESPacing VERTical SOURce hw FSIMulator MMO ANTenna TX PATTern essent SOURce hw FSIMulator MMO ANTenna TX POLarization ANGLe
301. tor DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt FRATio lt FRatio gt For Rice pure Doppler and Gauss Doppler fading sets the ratio of the actual Doppler frequency to the set Doppler frequency The Frequency Ratio serves as a measure of the angle of incidence between the transmitter and receiver Parameters lt FRatio gt float Range 1 to 1 Increment 0 0001 RST 0 Example see SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt FDOPpler RESulting on page 147 Manual operation See Frequency Ratio on page 48 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt FSHift lt FShift gt Sets the frequency shift for the Gauss Watterson fading Parameters lt FShift gt float Range 10 to 10 Increment 0 0001 RST 0 Example FSIM DEL GRO PATH2 PROF WATT FSIM DEL GRO PATH2 FS Manual operation See Frequency Shift on page 47 Delay Modes SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt FSPRead lt FSpread gt Sets the frequency spread for the Gauss Watterson fading Parameters lt FSpread gt float Range 1E 4 to 10 Increment 1E 4 RST 0 1 Example FSIM DEL GRO PATH2 PROF WATT FSIM DEL GRO PATH2 FSPR Manual operation See Frequency Spread on page 46 SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt LOGNormal CSTD lt Cstd gt Sets the standard deviation for lognormal fading Para
302. ual profile Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt CUSTom DSHape on page 186 Bandwidth Sets the bandwidth of the original Doppler profile from which the resulting profile is cre ated see figure 4 10 Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt CUSTom DATA on page 187 Frequency Offset Sets the forser i e the frequency offset used to shift the original profile see figure 4 10 Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt CUSTom DATA on page 187 Lower Upper Cutoff Frequency Sets the lower and upper cut off frequencies f and fq that depend on the original pro file bandwidth Bandwidth The following applies fy S Lese Bandwidth 2 E User Manual 1175 6826 02 08 79 Custom Fading Profile f 2 forsee Bandwidth 2 e fi fi 2 50Hz e 50 Hz lt Bandwidth 2 40 kHz Where the highest possible absolute cut off frequency is 4 kHz Remote command SOURce lt hw gt FSIMulator DELay DEL GROup lt st gt PATH lt ch gt CUSTom DATA on page 187 5 Signal Routing non MIMO Settings These settings are available in System Configuration gt Mode gt Standard i e in non MIMO scenarios gt To access the signal routing settings select Fading gt Signal Routing non MIMO Fading Fading Settings Signa
303. uent to the selection of a standard CDMA see chapter A 1 CDMA Stand ards on page 188 CDMAO CDMA3 CDMA8 CDMA30 C1DMA30 CDMA100 CDMA 5 0 km h CDMA6 3km h CDMA1 8 km h CDMA2 30 km h CDMA3 30 km h 1 path CDMA4 100km h GSM see chapter A 2 GSM Stand ards on page 191 GTU1P5 G6TU1P5 GTU3P6 G6TU3P6 GTU3 GETU3 GTUG G6TU6 GTU50 GETUSO G6TU100 G6TU60 GSM Typical Urban 1 5 3 3 6 6 50 60 100 km h 6 and 12 path GHT100 G6HT100 GHT120 G6HT120 GHT200 G6HT200 GSM Hilly Terrain 100 120 km h 6 and 12 path GRA130 GRA250 GRA300 GRA500 GSM Rural Area 130 250 300 500 km h 6 path GET50 GET60 GET100 GSM Equal Test 50 60 100 km h 6 path GTI5 GSM typical case for very small cells 5km h 2 path General Settings Standard Test Case NADC see chapter A 3 NADC Stand ards on page 196 Predefined Standard NADC8 NADC50 NADC100 Description NADC 8 50 100 km h 2 path DCS1800 PCS1900 see chapter A 4 PCN Stand ards on page 197 P6TU1 PTU1 P6TU50 PTU50 Typical Urban 1 50m km h 6 and 12 path P6HT100 PHT100 Hilly Terrain 100 km h 6 and 12 path PRA130 Rural Area 130 km h 6 path PETSO PET100 Equal Test 50 100 km h 6 path TETRA see chapter A 5 TETRA Stand ards on page 202 TTU T6TU TETRA Typical Urban 50
304. ulator MIMO TAP lt ch GVECtor CA GAIN eneen nenneenvensenneenneenvenvennen 169 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor CA PHASe sss eee 171 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor CB GAIN essen e 169 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor CB PHASe sss ees 171 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor CC GAIN seen 169 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor CC PHASe sse 171 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor CD GAIN seen 169 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor CD PHASe sss 171 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor CE GAIN sss 169 TSOUlbce bwslFS lMulsatorMIMO TAbP chzGVECiorCEPHADe 171 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor CF GAIN seen eene SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor CF PHASe SOURce lt hw gt FS IMulator MIMO TAP lt ch gt GVECtor CG GAIN en eneensenneenvenneensenneenvenn TSOUlbce bwslES lMulatorMIMO TAb ch GVE CiorCGbPHAie 171 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor CH GAIN esee n 169 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor CH PHASe sss 171 ISOUlbce bwslFS lMulatorMIMO TAbP chz GVECior DA GAIN e n 170 SOURce hw FSIMulator MIMO TAP ch GVECtor DA PHASe sse 171 SOURce lt hw gt FS IMu
305. ve 19 5 11 5 13 7 15 8 18 20 2 Loss dB Delay ns 90 90 110 140 170 200 AoA 290 3 332 3 332 3 332 3 332 3 332 3 AS A 24 6 22 4 22 4 22 4 22 4 22 4 AoD 13 5 56 4 56 4 56 4 56 4 56 4 AS D 24 7 22 5 22 5 22 5 22 5 22 5 Speed 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Model D Tap Path 1 Path 2 Path 3 Path 4 Path 5 Path 6 Cluster Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor Relative 0 0 9 1 7 2 6 3 5 4 3 Loss dB Delay ns 0 10 20 30 40 50 AoA 158 9 158 9 158 9 158 9 158 9 158 9 AS A 27 7 27 7 27 7 27 7 27 7 27 7 AoD 332 1 332 1 332 1 332 1 332 1 332 1 AS D 27 4 27 4 27 4 27 4 27 4 27 4 Speed 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 km h Distribution Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace Laplace R amp S SMW B14 K71 K72 K74 K75 K76 mm a Predefined Fading Settings Tap Path 7 Path 8 Path 9 Path 10 Path 11 Cluster 1 2 Profil Typ Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape Bell Shape tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor tgn Indoor Relative 5 2 6 1 6 9 7 8 9 6 6 Loss dB Delay ns 60 70 80 90 110 110 AoA 158 9 158 9 158 9 158 9 158 9 320 2 AS
306. witching of the carrier frequency The fading simulator is temporarily deactivated until the variation in the RF frequency is completed The fading process starts then again at the new frequency The instrument provides two modes for frequency hopping that mainly differ in terms of the behavior when hopping back to a prior frequency Prior to activating frequency hopping list mode must be activated in the List Mode dialog State On The target frequencies of the hops are determined by the frequency values in the selected list The time until the next frequency hop is determined by the entered Dwell Time The HOP signal which marks the time point of the frequency hop can be output on one of the USER connectors This settings are available only for the delay configurations For detailed information refer to sections Varying the RF Signal in List or Sweep Mode and Local and Global Connectors in the R amp S SMW user manual Off Frequency hopping is deactivated In Band Frequency hopping is activated After hopping back to a previous hop frequency the random process of the fading simulator is resumed as if the fading had continued also at this frequency i e the process is not restarted Power Continued profile for frequency fi Profile for frequency fi Profile for frequency f2 Frequeny hopping fl to f2 Fa d Fregueny hopping f2 to fl ee Internal calculation of profile fl Internal calculaticn o
307. www rohde schwarz com product SMW200A html gt Downloads gt Manuals User Manual User manuals are provided for the base unit and each additional software option The User Manual for the base unit is a supplement to the Getting Started manual and provides basic information on operating the R amp S SMW in general In this manual all instrument functions are described in detail Furthermore it provides a complete description of the remote control commands with programming examples An introduc tion to remote control is provided as well as information on maintenance instrument interfaces and troubleshooting In the user manuals for the individual software options the specific instrument func tions of this option are described in detail For additional information on default settings and parameters refer to the data sheets Basic information on operating the R amp S SMW is not included in these user manuals The user manuals are available in PDF format in printable form on the Documenta tion CD ROM delivered with the instrument All user manuals are also available for download from the Rohde amp Schwarz website on the R amp S SMW product page at http www rohde schwarz com product SMW200A html gt Downloads gt Manuals Service Manual The service manual is available in PDF format on the CD delivered with the instrument It describes how to check compliance with rated specifications instrument function 1 3 1 3 1
308. ximal bandwidth up to Bmax 160 MHz depending on the MIMO mode e Simulation of multiple entity MIMO scenarios like 4x2x2 MIMO or 8xSISO 8x1x1 configurations e A wide range of presets based on the test specifications of the major mobile radio standards Realistic simulation of frequency hopping conditions e Graphical presentation of the defined fading paths This user manual contains a description of the functionality that the application pro vides including remote control operation All functions not discussed in this manual are the same as in the base unit and are described in the R amp S SMW user manual The latest version is available for download at the product homepage Installation You can find detailed installation instructions in the delivery of the option or in the R amp S SMW Service Manual Accessing the Fading Simulator To access and configure the Fading Simulator settings gt In the block diagram of the R amp S SMW select Fading gt Fading Settings A dialog box opens that display the provided general settings The signal generation is not started immediately To start signal generation with the default settings select Fading gt State gt On Scope For information see chapter 3 About the Fading Simulator on page 17 chapter 4 Fading Settings on page 24 chapter 5 Signal Routing non MIMO Settings on page 81 chapter 6 Multiple Input Multiple Output MIMO on page 84
309. xtended Pedestrian A 238 EVA Extended Vehicular A 238 ETU Extended Typical Urban 239 MBSFN Propagation Channel Profile GHz 240 STW Open Space esie n 240 HST3 Tunnel Multi Antennas nanne eer ennenenneeerennenenneereeneernannenenneeenennenennn 240 E TU 200z MOVI BEE 240 Pure DOppleriMOVING eR der vied ssaatevaae sea teteadadaviasdessad naiaiae AN die egen 240 A 11 A 11 1 A 11 2 A 11 3 A 11 4 A 11 5 A 12 A 12 1 A 12 2 A 13 A 13 1 A 13 2 A 13 3 A 13 4 A 13 5 A 13 6 A 13 7 A 13 8 A 13 9 A 13 10 A 14 A 14 1 A 14 2 A 14 3 A 15 A 15 1 A 15 2 A 15 3 A 16 A 16 1 A 16 2 A 17 A 17 1 LTE MIMO Standards 2 creer ere tette toten n eru ucu nk atten seats evsccadeesties inanan 240 EPA Extended Pedestrian A 240 EVA Extended Vehicular A 241 ETU Extended Typical Urban 241 MIMO Paramete orroit eiaa eaa ENEAS ee deden enden engen 241 HST3 Tunnel Multi Antennas teta eiat teret NE 241 WIMAX MIMO Standards 2 ceriieeece tienne cunt unn nu huit renun ba uaa n na ane EENS 242 ITU Pedestrian B3 tecti rei i da 242 ITU Vehicular A 60 iir rip rrt metere Fea dei ie Yee aa a a iaa 244 1xEVDO Standards cecinit eren innu icut totiens nena ras R ai nana E E Eoi nnn 246 1xEVDO Chan 145i deiner ee teer de esta ded ads 246 TXEVDO Chan 1 Bd 5 a DE 247 1xEVDO Ch ah E 247 1xEVDOChan 2 Bd 5 a DE 247 TXEVDO Chant 3 T alan 2

R&S®SMW-B14/-K71/-K72/-K74/-K75

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

R&amp;S&reg;SMW-B14/-K71/-K72/-K74/-K75

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

R&S®SMW-B14/-K71/-K72/-K74/-K75